<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/design-table-podcast" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Design Table Podcast</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/design-table-podcast</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>Get a seat at the table and build the design career you want. This podcast is for designers looking to break in, level up, and take control of their careers—whether you're freelancing, climbing the corporate ladder, or just trying to get noticed. Every two weeks, we dive into career fundamentals, design best practices, and the hottest topics in the design community.</description>
    <copyright>© 2026 Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>7ead7532-9b6b-5cef-840d-09774129a613</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked owner="tyler@mrtylerwhite.com">no</podcast:locked>
    <itunes:applepodcastsverify>5bbe0b50-2f3c-11f0-9f9a-2b96cd5dd16d</itunes:applepodcastsverify>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 05:47:08 -0700</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 05:48:24 -0700</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/Z73vwStdkfpRrmoiV_bTJL4BVSK6VhuoWD-Xa_wNi1o/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MmYz/NzNiMDgwNDYzN2Iz/ZjMxYTRhNjQxMWY3/YmY3Mi5wbmc.jpg</url>
      <title>Design Table Podcast</title>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Arts">
      <itunes:category text="Design"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Technology"/>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Z73vwStdkfpRrmoiV_bTJL4BVSK6VhuoWD-Xa_wNi1o/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MmYz/NzNiMDgwNDYzN2Iz/ZjMxYTRhNjQxMWY3/YmY3Mi5wbmc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>Get a seat at the table and build the design career you want. This podcast is for designers looking to break in, level up, and take control of their careers—whether you're freelancing, climbing the corporate ladder, or just trying to get noticed. Every two weeks, we dive into career fundamentals, design best practices, and the hottest topics in the design community.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>Get a seat at the table and build the design career you want.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>Design career, Freelance design, UX/UI design, Product design, Career growth, Portfolio building, Design mentorship, Networking for designers, Landing design gigs, Building a personal brand</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Tyler White</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>tyler@mrtylerwhite.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>Why The Best Product Designers SAY LESS In Interviews</title>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why The Best Product Designers SAY LESS In Interviews</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab2fd198-0c26-40d2-9471-4142fd9ba838</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most product designers spend weeks (or even months) polishing their portfolio website. And then they get into the actual interview, open their mouth, and suddenly their clean case study turns into a 14-minute hostage situation.</p><p>Awkward questions and most likely no follow-up after the interview. Back to square one.</p><p>So… how do you actually present your design work without rambling, panicking, or over-explaining every single pixel?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about the portfolio presentation stage of the product design interview process. The part where you’re no longer just showing your work, but proving how you think, communicate, handle questions, and tell a clear story.</p><p>Nick shares what he teaches product designers he mentors, including why you should say less at the beginning, how to let hiring teams choose the project they care about, and why you should keep a few cards close to your chest instead of explaining every single detail upfront.</p><p>We also get into slide decks, Loom videos, roleplay interviews, talking about failed launches, what to do when you don’t know the answer, and why portfolio presentations are really a two-way filter.</p><p>This episode is about helping product designers present their work with more clarity, confidence, and control, without turning the interview into a sweaty design TED Talk nobody asked for.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers talk too much during portfolio presentations<br>🔸 How to structure your portfolio review like a story<br>🔸 Why you should let hiring teams choose which project to see<br>🔸 How to talk about results without killing the curiosity<br>🔸 What to do when you don’t know the answer to a question<br>🔸 Why failed projects can make your portfolio stronger<br>🔸 How to use slide decks and Loom videos to stand out<br>🔸 Why interviews are a two-way filter, not just a performance</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why portfolio presentations feel so awkward<br>01:00 The biggest mistake designers make when presenting<br>03:00 How to turn interviews into conversations<br>05:00 Why roleplay interviews help designers improve<br>07:00 What to do before the portfolio interview<br>08:45 Let the hiring team choose the project<br>10:45 Why you should not explain everything upfront<br>12:00 Where to place results in your case study<br>14:30 Don’t repeat what is already on your portfolio<br>17:30 What to do when you don’t know the answer<br>20:30 Handling weird interview questions<br>23:00 Why you should talk about what went wrong<br>25:45 Portfolio presentations are storytelling<br>28:15 How to use slide decks as visual aids<br>30:00 Sending Loom videos before interviews<br>32:30 Interviews are a two-way filter</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>Resources to help you level up your design career:</p><p>Get your portfolio and career strategy reviewed with a Design Table Audit<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/design-table-audit</p><p>Download the Product Design Blueprint<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/product-design-blueprint</p><p>Join our UX and product design community<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/ux-and-product-design-community</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most product designers spend weeks (or even months) polishing their portfolio website. And then they get into the actual interview, open their mouth, and suddenly their clean case study turns into a 14-minute hostage situation.</p><p>Awkward questions and most likely no follow-up after the interview. Back to square one.</p><p>So… how do you actually present your design work without rambling, panicking, or over-explaining every single pixel?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about the portfolio presentation stage of the product design interview process. The part where you’re no longer just showing your work, but proving how you think, communicate, handle questions, and tell a clear story.</p><p>Nick shares what he teaches product designers he mentors, including why you should say less at the beginning, how to let hiring teams choose the project they care about, and why you should keep a few cards close to your chest instead of explaining every single detail upfront.</p><p>We also get into slide decks, Loom videos, roleplay interviews, talking about failed launches, what to do when you don’t know the answer, and why portfolio presentations are really a two-way filter.</p><p>This episode is about helping product designers present their work with more clarity, confidence, and control, without turning the interview into a sweaty design TED Talk nobody asked for.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers talk too much during portfolio presentations<br>🔸 How to structure your portfolio review like a story<br>🔸 Why you should let hiring teams choose which project to see<br>🔸 How to talk about results without killing the curiosity<br>🔸 What to do when you don’t know the answer to a question<br>🔸 Why failed projects can make your portfolio stronger<br>🔸 How to use slide decks and Loom videos to stand out<br>🔸 Why interviews are a two-way filter, not just a performance</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why portfolio presentations feel so awkward<br>01:00 The biggest mistake designers make when presenting<br>03:00 How to turn interviews into conversations<br>05:00 Why roleplay interviews help designers improve<br>07:00 What to do before the portfolio interview<br>08:45 Let the hiring team choose the project<br>10:45 Why you should not explain everything upfront<br>12:00 Where to place results in your case study<br>14:30 Don’t repeat what is already on your portfolio<br>17:30 What to do when you don’t know the answer<br>20:30 Handling weird interview questions<br>23:00 Why you should talk about what went wrong<br>25:45 Portfolio presentations are storytelling<br>28:15 How to use slide decks as visual aids<br>30:00 Sending Loom videos before interviews<br>32:30 Interviews are a two-way filter</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>Resources to help you level up your design career:</p><p>Get your portfolio and career strategy reviewed with a Design Table Audit<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/design-table-audit</p><p>Download the Product Design Blueprint<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/product-design-blueprint</p><p>Join our UX and product design community<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/ux-and-product-design-community</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0e3bc2a0/ac4a88ac.mp3" length="29970709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1871</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most product designers spend weeks (or even months) polishing their portfolio website. And then they get into the actual interview, open their mouth, and suddenly their clean case study turns into a 14-minute hostage situation.</p><p>Awkward questions and most likely no follow-up after the interview. Back to square one.</p><p>So… how do you actually present your design work without rambling, panicking, or over-explaining every single pixel?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about the portfolio presentation stage of the product design interview process. The part where you’re no longer just showing your work, but proving how you think, communicate, handle questions, and tell a clear story.</p><p>Nick shares what he teaches product designers he mentors, including why you should say less at the beginning, how to let hiring teams choose the project they care about, and why you should keep a few cards close to your chest instead of explaining every single detail upfront.</p><p>We also get into slide decks, Loom videos, roleplay interviews, talking about failed launches, what to do when you don’t know the answer, and why portfolio presentations are really a two-way filter.</p><p>This episode is about helping product designers present their work with more clarity, confidence, and control, without turning the interview into a sweaty design TED Talk nobody asked for.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers talk too much during portfolio presentations<br>🔸 How to structure your portfolio review like a story<br>🔸 Why you should let hiring teams choose which project to see<br>🔸 How to talk about results without killing the curiosity<br>🔸 What to do when you don’t know the answer to a question<br>🔸 Why failed projects can make your portfolio stronger<br>🔸 How to use slide decks and Loom videos to stand out<br>🔸 Why interviews are a two-way filter, not just a performance</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why portfolio presentations feel so awkward<br>01:00 The biggest mistake designers make when presenting<br>03:00 How to turn interviews into conversations<br>05:00 Why roleplay interviews help designers improve<br>07:00 What to do before the portfolio interview<br>08:45 Let the hiring team choose the project<br>10:45 Why you should not explain everything upfront<br>12:00 Where to place results in your case study<br>14:30 Don’t repeat what is already on your portfolio<br>17:30 What to do when you don’t know the answer<br>20:30 Handling weird interview questions<br>23:00 Why you should talk about what went wrong<br>25:45 Portfolio presentations are storytelling<br>28:15 How to use slide decks as visual aids<br>30:00 Sending Loom videos before interviews<br>32:30 Interviews are a two-way filter</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>Resources to help you level up your design career:</p><p>Get your portfolio and career strategy reviewed with a Design Table Audit<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/design-table-audit</p><p>Download the Product Design Blueprint<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/product-design-blueprint</p><p>Join our UX and product design community<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/products/ux-and-product-design-community</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Product Design, UX Design, UX Portfolio, Design Portfolio, Portfolio Review, Product Designer Interview, UX Interview, Design Interview Tips, Case Study Presentation, Product Design Career, Junior Product Designer, Senior Product Designer, UX Career, Design Mentorship, Portfolio Presentation, Design Table Podcast, Figma, UX Case Study, Getting Hired as a Designer, UX Jobs</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e3bc2a0/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If Figma Disappeared Tomorrow, Would You Still Have a Job?</title>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If Figma Disappeared Tomorrow, Would You Still Have a Job?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">840ae944-1ca3-4c8a-9af6-049aed727679</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’ve probably ran into one of the following challenges. One PM shows up with a prototype, an engineer suggests a user flow, or someone who has never opened Figma suddenly has strong opinions about spacing, UX, and “how the screen should work.”</p><p>So… is everyone a designer now?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about why designers feel threatened when other people start doing pieces of design work, why that fear is understandable, and why the real value of a designer is not about the tools they use.</p><p>We also get into AI, vibe coding, Figma Make, product managers building prototypes, designers jumping into code, and what actually separates a designer from someone who just has an idea and a tool.</p><p>This episode is about the changing role of product design and why your moat is how you think, validate, challenge, facilitate, and help a team make better decisions.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why everyone feels like they can “do design” now<br>🔸 Why Figma is not your real moat as a designer<br>🔸 How to handle PMs or engineers bringing design ideas<br>🔸 Why designers need to become better at pushing back<br>🔸 How AI and vibe coding are changing product design<br>🔸 Why your value is in judgment, not just execution</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone has an opinion on design<br>03:00 What actually makes someone a designer<br>05:00 When PMs bring their own prototypes<br>08:00 The sanity check layer designers provide<br>10:00 Why designers need to push back<br>14:00 If Figma disappeared, what value would you add?<br>17:00 Why bad ideas can still move the team forward<br>20:00 Is the designer role actually changing?<br>23:00 Figma Make, vibe coding, and prototyping in code<br>27:00 Why code is harder to collaborate on<br>30:00 The existential crisis happening across tech</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’ve probably ran into one of the following challenges. One PM shows up with a prototype, an engineer suggests a user flow, or someone who has never opened Figma suddenly has strong opinions about spacing, UX, and “how the screen should work.”</p><p>So… is everyone a designer now?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about why designers feel threatened when other people start doing pieces of design work, why that fear is understandable, and why the real value of a designer is not about the tools they use.</p><p>We also get into AI, vibe coding, Figma Make, product managers building prototypes, designers jumping into code, and what actually separates a designer from someone who just has an idea and a tool.</p><p>This episode is about the changing role of product design and why your moat is how you think, validate, challenge, facilitate, and help a team make better decisions.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why everyone feels like they can “do design” now<br>🔸 Why Figma is not your real moat as a designer<br>🔸 How to handle PMs or engineers bringing design ideas<br>🔸 Why designers need to become better at pushing back<br>🔸 How AI and vibe coding are changing product design<br>🔸 Why your value is in judgment, not just execution</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone has an opinion on design<br>03:00 What actually makes someone a designer<br>05:00 When PMs bring their own prototypes<br>08:00 The sanity check layer designers provide<br>10:00 Why designers need to push back<br>14:00 If Figma disappeared, what value would you add?<br>17:00 Why bad ideas can still move the team forward<br>20:00 Is the designer role actually changing?<br>23:00 Figma Make, vibe coding, and prototyping in code<br>27:00 Why code is harder to collaborate on<br>30:00 The existential crisis happening across tech</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/874e640b/07d22eb9.mp3" length="33559355" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1770</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’ve probably ran into one of the following challenges. One PM shows up with a prototype, an engineer suggests a user flow, or someone who has never opened Figma suddenly has strong opinions about spacing, UX, and “how the screen should work.”</p><p>So… is everyone a designer now?</p><p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, we talk about why designers feel threatened when other people start doing pieces of design work, why that fear is understandable, and why the real value of a designer is not about the tools they use.</p><p>We also get into AI, vibe coding, Figma Make, product managers building prototypes, designers jumping into code, and what actually separates a designer from someone who just has an idea and a tool.</p><p>This episode is about the changing role of product design and why your moat is how you think, validate, challenge, facilitate, and help a team make better decisions.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why everyone feels like they can “do design” now<br>🔸 Why Figma is not your real moat as a designer<br>🔸 How to handle PMs or engineers bringing design ideas<br>🔸 Why designers need to become better at pushing back<br>🔸 How AI and vibe coding are changing product design<br>🔸 Why your value is in judgment, not just execution</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone has an opinion on design<br>03:00 What actually makes someone a designer<br>05:00 When PMs bring their own prototypes<br>08:00 The sanity check layer designers provide<br>10:00 Why designers need to push back<br>14:00 If Figma disappeared, what value would you add?<br>17:00 Why bad ideas can still move the team forward<br>20:00 Is the designer role actually changing?<br>23:00 Figma Make, vibe coding, and prototyping in code<br>27:00 Why code is harder to collaborate on<br>30:00 The existential crisis happening across tech</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>In need of support? Take a look at our resources<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/learn</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>product design, UX design, product designer, UX designer, design career, AI for designers, AI and design, Figma, Figma Make, vibe coding, designers who code, design tools, product management, PM designer collaboration, design process, UX strategy, design critique, design leadership, junior designer, senior product designer, design podcast, The Design Table Podcast, future of design, prototyping, design handoff, designer value</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/874e640b/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The AI Skill Most Product Designers Are Sleeping On</title>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The AI Skill Most Product Designers Are Sleeping On</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc745d1c-1593-495d-82ba-d339bb79319f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’re using AI. You get decent results by prompting and copy-pasting. Yet, you're still doing all the work. WHat if you didn't have to?</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we talk about how designers can move beyond prompting and start using AI to actually execute tasks.</p><p>Nick walks us through how he’s setting up simple workflows using Claude Skills to (more or less) automate small but meaningful pieces of work, from fixing things on his site to handling repetitive tasks.</p><p>We also talk about what’s changing, how fast things are evolving, and why the real change is about giving away your work. This episode is about rethinking how you use AI as a product designer. It is a must-listen for anyone trying to stay ahead of how work is changing.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 The difference between prompting and delegation<br>🔸 How to use AI to actually execute tasks<br>🔸 Simple ways to automate small workflows<br>🔸 Why AI changes how designers work<br>🔸 The risks of moving too fast<br>🔸 What the next bottleneck actually is</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 How designers are using AI today<br>03:00 From prompts to execution<br>08:00 Automating small tasks<br>14:00 The speed shift<br>20:00 The new bottleneck<br>26:00 What this means for designers</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’re using AI. You get decent results by prompting and copy-pasting. Yet, you're still doing all the work. WHat if you didn't have to?</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we talk about how designers can move beyond prompting and start using AI to actually execute tasks.</p><p>Nick walks us through how he’s setting up simple workflows using Claude Skills to (more or less) automate small but meaningful pieces of work, from fixing things on his site to handling repetitive tasks.</p><p>We also talk about what’s changing, how fast things are evolving, and why the real change is about giving away your work. This episode is about rethinking how you use AI as a product designer. It is a must-listen for anyone trying to stay ahead of how work is changing.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 The difference between prompting and delegation<br>🔸 How to use AI to actually execute tasks<br>🔸 Simple ways to automate small workflows<br>🔸 Why AI changes how designers work<br>🔸 The risks of moving too fast<br>🔸 What the next bottleneck actually is</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 How designers are using AI today<br>03:00 From prompts to execution<br>08:00 Automating small tasks<br>14:00 The speed shift<br>20:00 The new bottleneck<br>26:00 What this means for designers</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2982dd96/228d9a25.mp3" length="37434229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2338</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Like many product designers, you’re using AI. You get decent results by prompting and copy-pasting. Yet, you're still doing all the work. WHat if you didn't have to?</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we talk about how designers can move beyond prompting and start using AI to actually execute tasks.</p><p>Nick walks us through how he’s setting up simple workflows using Claude Skills to (more or less) automate small but meaningful pieces of work, from fixing things on his site to handling repetitive tasks.</p><p>We also talk about what’s changing, how fast things are evolving, and why the real change is about giving away your work. This episode is about rethinking how you use AI as a product designer. It is a must-listen for anyone trying to stay ahead of how work is changing.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 The difference between prompting and delegation<br>🔸 How to use AI to actually execute tasks<br>🔸 Simple ways to automate small workflows<br>🔸 Why AI changes how designers work<br>🔸 The risks of moving too fast<br>🔸 What the next bottleneck actually is</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 How designers are using AI today<br>03:00 From prompts to execution<br>08:00 Automating small tasks<br>14:00 The speed shift<br>20:00 The new bottleneck<br>26:00 What this means for designers</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#ai, #claude, #automation, #productdesign, #uxdesign, #futureofwork, #aiagents, #designworkflow, #productivity, #b2bsaas</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2982dd96/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Portfolio Platform Doesn't Matter (Stop Overthinking It)</title>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Your Portfolio Platform Doesn't Matter (Stop Overthinking It)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa67cf72-7641-4c5e-8c20-34e6341dea45</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You’re stuck building your portfolio. Should you use Webflow? Framer? WordPress?</p><p>Maybe you rebuild everything from scratch and start over? There are so many opinions on design social media that it is impossible to know what to do.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why designers obsess over portfolio tools and why that’s (mostly) a waste of time.</p><p>We talk about what actually matters when someone reviews your work, why presentation beats platform, and how small details like having a custom domain has more impact than the tools you use.</p><p>We also cover platform tradeoffs (in case it matters), cost considerations, and when it actually makes sense to switch.</p><p>This episode is about focusing on what actually gets you hired instead of getting stuck in tool discussions. It is a must-listen for any designer building or rebuilding their portfolio.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why portfolio tools don’t matter as much as you think<br>🔸 What hiring managers actually care about<br>🔸 What custom domains tell your audience<br>🔸 When platform choice does matter<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Why shipping your portfolio matters more than perfecting it</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The portfolio tool debate<br>03:00 Why designers overthink tools<br>07:00 What actually matters<br>12:00 Custom domains and perception<br>18:00 Platform tradeoffs<br>25:00 Just ship it</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You’re stuck building your portfolio. Should you use Webflow? Framer? WordPress?</p><p>Maybe you rebuild everything from scratch and start over? There are so many opinions on design social media that it is impossible to know what to do.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why designers obsess over portfolio tools and why that’s (mostly) a waste of time.</p><p>We talk about what actually matters when someone reviews your work, why presentation beats platform, and how small details like having a custom domain has more impact than the tools you use.</p><p>We also cover platform tradeoffs (in case it matters), cost considerations, and when it actually makes sense to switch.</p><p>This episode is about focusing on what actually gets you hired instead of getting stuck in tool discussions. It is a must-listen for any designer building or rebuilding their portfolio.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why portfolio tools don’t matter as much as you think<br>🔸 What hiring managers actually care about<br>🔸 What custom domains tell your audience<br>🔸 When platform choice does matter<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Why shipping your portfolio matters more than perfecting it</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The portfolio tool debate<br>03:00 Why designers overthink tools<br>07:00 What actually matters<br>12:00 Custom domains and perception<br>18:00 Platform tradeoffs<br>25:00 Just ship it</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/998750ea/5a80c2de.mp3" length="32552763" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2033</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>You’re stuck building your portfolio. Should you use Webflow? Framer? WordPress?</p><p>Maybe you rebuild everything from scratch and start over? There are so many opinions on design social media that it is impossible to know what to do.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why designers obsess over portfolio tools and why that’s (mostly) a waste of time.</p><p>We talk about what actually matters when someone reviews your work, why presentation beats platform, and how small details like having a custom domain has more impact than the tools you use.</p><p>We also cover platform tradeoffs (in case it matters), cost considerations, and when it actually makes sense to switch.</p><p>This episode is about focusing on what actually gets you hired instead of getting stuck in tool discussions. It is a must-listen for any designer building or rebuilding their portfolio.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why portfolio tools don’t matter as much as you think<br>🔸 What hiring managers actually care about<br>🔸 What custom domains tell your audience<br>🔸 When platform choice does matter<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Why shipping your portfolio matters more than perfecting it</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The portfolio tool debate<br>03:00 Why designers overthink tools<br>07:00 What actually matters<br>12:00 Custom domains and perception<br>18:00 Platform tradeoffs<br>25:00 Just ship it</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#productdesign, #uxdesign, #portfolio, #designcareer, #webflow, #framer, #wordpress, #uxcareer, #designtips, #productdesigner</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998750ea/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Product Designer Built a SaaS Product in a Weekend (And There's No Way Back)</title>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>This Product Designer Built a SaaS Product in a Weekend (And There's No Way Back)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bcd3e1c9-b803-4124-bf64-e4410a764633</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You keep hearing that UX and product designers should build. Yet, most designers don’t.</p><p>Why is that? Are designers right? Is it just a case of social media nonsense?</p><p>To find out, we looked at what happens when someone actually does it.</p><p>Not a side project they’ll finish later (but never do) or another concept that never makes it out of Figma.</p><p>It is a real product and it is live. All in one weekend. And for Tyler, the designer who built it, it changes everything.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss just that; what actually happens when a designer stops talking about building and forces the constraint to ship something real.</p><p>We get into the tools, the process, and what surprised us once the product was live and usable.</p><p>But more importantly; what this changes about how you think about your career (and what stays the same).</p><p>Because once you realize it’s possible to go from idea to something real that fast, you stop looking at job applications, portfolios, and “waiting your turn” the same way.</p><p>This episode is about what happens when the builder mindset stops being theory and becomes real.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why most designers stay stuck in the idea phase<br>🔸 What actually happens when you try to ship in a weekend<br>🔸 The tools that make building possible without a dev team<br>🔸 What surprised us after launching something real<br>🔸 Why this changes how you think about portfolios and jobs<br>🔸 What it means to stop waiting and start building</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 From layoffs to building<br>05:00 Why talking about building isn’t enough<br>10:00 The weekend challenge<br>15:00 Tools used to build the product<br>20:00 What actually worked and what didn’t<br>26:00 What changed after shipping<br>32:00 Why this changes your career strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You keep hearing that UX and product designers should build. Yet, most designers don’t.</p><p>Why is that? Are designers right? Is it just a case of social media nonsense?</p><p>To find out, we looked at what happens when someone actually does it.</p><p>Not a side project they’ll finish later (but never do) or another concept that never makes it out of Figma.</p><p>It is a real product and it is live. All in one weekend. And for Tyler, the designer who built it, it changes everything.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss just that; what actually happens when a designer stops talking about building and forces the constraint to ship something real.</p><p>We get into the tools, the process, and what surprised us once the product was live and usable.</p><p>But more importantly; what this changes about how you think about your career (and what stays the same).</p><p>Because once you realize it’s possible to go from idea to something real that fast, you stop looking at job applications, portfolios, and “waiting your turn” the same way.</p><p>This episode is about what happens when the builder mindset stops being theory and becomes real.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why most designers stay stuck in the idea phase<br>🔸 What actually happens when you try to ship in a weekend<br>🔸 The tools that make building possible without a dev team<br>🔸 What surprised us after launching something real<br>🔸 Why this changes how you think about portfolios and jobs<br>🔸 What it means to stop waiting and start building</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 From layoffs to building<br>05:00 Why talking about building isn’t enough<br>10:00 The weekend challenge<br>15:00 Tools used to build the product<br>20:00 What actually worked and what didn’t<br>26:00 What changed after shipping<br>32:00 Why this changes your career strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a6087787/6ec7d57d.mp3" length="26790096" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1672</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>You keep hearing that UX and product designers should build. Yet, most designers don’t.</p><p>Why is that? Are designers right? Is it just a case of social media nonsense?</p><p>To find out, we looked at what happens when someone actually does it.</p><p>Not a side project they’ll finish later (but never do) or another concept that never makes it out of Figma.</p><p>It is a real product and it is live. All in one weekend. And for Tyler, the designer who built it, it changes everything.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss just that; what actually happens when a designer stops talking about building and forces the constraint to ship something real.</p><p>We get into the tools, the process, and what surprised us once the product was live and usable.</p><p>But more importantly; what this changes about how you think about your career (and what stays the same).</p><p>Because once you realize it’s possible to go from idea to something real that fast, you stop looking at job applications, portfolios, and “waiting your turn” the same way.</p><p>This episode is about what happens when the builder mindset stops being theory and becomes real.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why most designers stay stuck in the idea phase<br>🔸 What actually happens when you try to ship in a weekend<br>🔸 The tools that make building possible without a dev team<br>🔸 What surprised us after launching something real<br>🔸 Why this changes how you think about portfolios and jobs<br>🔸 What it means to stop waiting and start building</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 From layoffs to building<br>05:00 Why talking about building isn’t enough<br>10:00 The weekend challenge<br>15:00 Tools used to build the product<br>20:00 What actually worked and what didn’t<br>26:00 What changed after shipping<br>32:00 Why this changes your career strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#productdesign, #uxdesign, #saas, #buildinpublic, #nocode, #designcareer, #startups, #entrepreneurship, #uidesign, #careergrowth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6087787/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Designers Actually Get Hired (After Being Laid Off)</title>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Designers Actually Get Hired (After Being Laid Off)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e68674df-83d5-4bfb-ae4e-b410e554df9b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You lose your job. No warning. Or maybe you felt it coming. Either way… now you’re sitting there thinking:</p><p>“What the hell do I do next? How do I find a new product design role?!”</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what actually happens after getting laid off as a product designer and how to succeed at the job search that follows.</p><p>We talk about the emotional side of layoffs, what goes through your head in those first few days, and how quickly reality sets in when you realize you need to find your next role.</p><p>We also get into real strategies that worked for us (we found out the hard way), including how job searching has changed, why job boards aren’t as effective anymore, and how to approach applications in a much more intentional way.</p><p>This episode is about getting back on your feet and moving forward with a plan. It is a must-listen for any designer who's been part of layoffs or is preparing for their next role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What goes through your mind after getting laid off<br>🔸 Why job boards don’t work like they used to<br>🔸 How the design job market has changed<br>🔸 The difference between volume and quality applications<br>🔸 Why tailoring your resume actually matters<br>🔸 How to manage rejection without burning out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Getting laid off as a designer<br>03:00 The emotional aftermath<br>07:00 Job search strategies then vs now<br>12:00 Why job boards are less effective<br>18:00 Volume vs quality applications<br>24:00 Building a real application strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You lose your job. No warning. Or maybe you felt it coming. Either way… now you’re sitting there thinking:</p><p>“What the hell do I do next? How do I find a new product design role?!”</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what actually happens after getting laid off as a product designer and how to succeed at the job search that follows.</p><p>We talk about the emotional side of layoffs, what goes through your head in those first few days, and how quickly reality sets in when you realize you need to find your next role.</p><p>We also get into real strategies that worked for us (we found out the hard way), including how job searching has changed, why job boards aren’t as effective anymore, and how to approach applications in a much more intentional way.</p><p>This episode is about getting back on your feet and moving forward with a plan. It is a must-listen for any designer who's been part of layoffs or is preparing for their next role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What goes through your mind after getting laid off<br>🔸 Why job boards don’t work like they used to<br>🔸 How the design job market has changed<br>🔸 The difference between volume and quality applications<br>🔸 Why tailoring your resume actually matters<br>🔸 How to manage rejection without burning out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Getting laid off as a designer<br>03:00 The emotional aftermath<br>07:00 Job search strategies then vs now<br>12:00 Why job boards are less effective<br>18:00 Volume vs quality applications<br>24:00 Building a real application strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6c8c8911/adca32df.mp3" length="28762668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1796</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>You lose your job. No warning. Or maybe you felt it coming. Either way… now you’re sitting there thinking:</p><p>“What the hell do I do next? How do I find a new product design role?!”</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what actually happens after getting laid off as a product designer and how to succeed at the job search that follows.</p><p>We talk about the emotional side of layoffs, what goes through your head in those first few days, and how quickly reality sets in when you realize you need to find your next role.</p><p>We also get into real strategies that worked for us (we found out the hard way), including how job searching has changed, why job boards aren’t as effective anymore, and how to approach applications in a much more intentional way.</p><p>This episode is about getting back on your feet and moving forward with a plan. It is a must-listen for any designer who's been part of layoffs or is preparing for their next role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What goes through your mind after getting laid off<br>🔸 Why job boards don’t work like they used to<br>🔸 How the design job market has changed<br>🔸 The difference between volume and quality applications<br>🔸 Why tailoring your resume actually matters<br>🔸 How to manage rejection without burning out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Getting laid off as a designer<br>03:00 The emotional aftermath<br>07:00 Job search strategies then vs now<br>12:00 Why job boards are less effective<br>18:00 Volume vs quality applications<br>24:00 Building a real application strategy</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#productdesign, #uxdesign, #layoffs, #jobsearch, #designcareer, #uxcareer, #hiring, #careeradvice, #b2bsaas, #productdesigner</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c8c8911/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Survive as the Only Product Designer at a Company</title>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Survive as the Only Product Designer at a Company</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f422c75-e1ca-4b9a-bd4a-5e02a3a3e984</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You join a new company. First of all; congratulations!</p><p>You arrive on day one and what do you see? There are engineers, product managers, marketers, and a sales team. But there is no design team. Turns out you are the only product designer. Yikes!</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what it’s actually like to be the first or only designer at a company, how product designers can survive those early months without burning out, and how you can start to build real design influence.</p><p>We talk about the reality of introducing design into organizations that have never had it before, why trying to fix everything at once usually goes wrong, and how to gradually build trust across engineering, product, and leadership.</p><p>This episode is about learning how to create impact when you’re alone. It is a must-see for founding designers, startup designers, and anyone stepping into their first solo design role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What to focus on during your first 30–90 days as the only designer<br>🔸 Why improving the process is more important than perfect design<br>🔸 How to build allies across engineering and product teams<br>🔸 Why presenting aesthetics alone often fails<br>🔸 How internal usability tests can build credibility quickly<br>🔸 How to grow design influence inside non-design organizations</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The reality of being the only designer<br>03:00 Tyler’s founding designer experience<br>07:00 Why you shouldn’t try to fix everything at once<br>11:00 The “meet in the middle” process strategy<br>15:00 Why design language must change for stakeholders<br>20:00 Meeting everyone across the company<br>24:00 Using usability tests to build influence<br>29:00 The politics of internal visibility<br>33:00 When to take work outside your role<br>38:00 When it’s time to grow the design team</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You join a new company. First of all; congratulations!</p><p>You arrive on day one and what do you see? There are engineers, product managers, marketers, and a sales team. But there is no design team. Turns out you are the only product designer. Yikes!</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what it’s actually like to be the first or only designer at a company, how product designers can survive those early months without burning out, and how you can start to build real design influence.</p><p>We talk about the reality of introducing design into organizations that have never had it before, why trying to fix everything at once usually goes wrong, and how to gradually build trust across engineering, product, and leadership.</p><p>This episode is about learning how to create impact when you’re alone. It is a must-see for founding designers, startup designers, and anyone stepping into their first solo design role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What to focus on during your first 30–90 days as the only designer<br>🔸 Why improving the process is more important than perfect design<br>🔸 How to build allies across engineering and product teams<br>🔸 Why presenting aesthetics alone often fails<br>🔸 How internal usability tests can build credibility quickly<br>🔸 How to grow design influence inside non-design organizations</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The reality of being the only designer<br>03:00 Tyler’s founding designer experience<br>07:00 Why you shouldn’t try to fix everything at once<br>11:00 The “meet in the middle” process strategy<br>15:00 Why design language must change for stakeholders<br>20:00 Meeting everyone across the company<br>24:00 Using usability tests to build influence<br>29:00 The politics of internal visibility<br>33:00 When to take work outside your role<br>38:00 When it’s time to grow the design team</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b9f3aea6/4aebeab1.mp3" length="31559333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1971</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>You join a new company. First of all; congratulations!</p><p>You arrive on day one and what do you see? There are engineers, product managers, marketers, and a sales team. But there is no design team. Turns out you are the only product designer. Yikes!</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss what it’s actually like to be the first or only designer at a company, how product designers can survive those early months without burning out, and how you can start to build real design influence.</p><p>We talk about the reality of introducing design into organizations that have never had it before, why trying to fix everything at once usually goes wrong, and how to gradually build trust across engineering, product, and leadership.</p><p>This episode is about learning how to create impact when you’re alone. It is a must-see for founding designers, startup designers, and anyone stepping into their first solo design role.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 What to focus on during your first 30–90 days as the only designer<br>🔸 Why improving the process is more important than perfect design<br>🔸 How to build allies across engineering and product teams<br>🔸 Why presenting aesthetics alone often fails<br>🔸 How internal usability tests can build credibility quickly<br>🔸 How to grow design influence inside non-design organizations</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 The reality of being the only designer<br>03:00 Tyler’s founding designer experience<br>07:00 Why you shouldn’t try to fix everything at once<br>11:00 The “meet in the middle” process strategy<br>15:00 Why design language must change for stakeholders<br>20:00 Meeting everyone across the company<br>24:00 Using usability tests to build influence<br>29:00 The politics of internal visibility<br>33:00 When to take work outside your role<br>38:00 When it’s time to grow the design team</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>uxdesign, productdesign, solodesigner, startupdesign, designcareer, productteams, designleadership, techpodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f3aea6/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyone Can Ship Now… But Should They? Product Designers, AI, and the Shipping Problem</title>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Everyone Can Ship Now… But Should They? Product Designers, AI, and the Shipping Problem</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">499a8ce6-9375-45d6-8860-dedeaef98865</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Designers can ship code now. That's what social media and your manager is telling you. AI tools, vibe coding, and new prototyping workflows mean designers are getting closer to production than ever before.</p><p>But just because we <em>can</em> ship faster doesn’t mean we <em>should</em>.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss the growing pressure for designers to ship quickly, why the “just ship it” mindset can backfire, and how teams should think about quality in a world where building things fast seems more important than building things well.</p><p>We talk about the collapse of the gap between design and engineering, why shipping too fast can remove the “bad idea filter,” and why guardrails (like pull requests and review processes) are becoming essential.</p><p>This episode is about navigating speed, experimentation, and responsibility in modern product teams. It is a must-see for designers trying to understand how AI and new tooling are changing the role of product design.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are starting to ship production code<br>🔸 The hidden risk of the “just ship it” culture<br>🔸 How AI tools are accelerating product experimentation<br>🔸 Why teams need guardrails when everyone can ship<br>🔸 When rapid experimentation actually improves products<br>🔸 How pull requests and reviews protect product quality</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone is shipping now<br>02:00 Designers getting access to GitHub<br>06:00 The rise of vibe coding<br>09:00 The “bad idea filter” problem<br>13:00 When shipping fast hurts product quality<br>18:00 Why too many people shipping creates chaos<br>22:00 Pull requests as design guardrails<br>26:00 The danger of constant product changes<br>30:00 Nick ships an AI-built feature</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Designers can ship code now. That's what social media and your manager is telling you. AI tools, vibe coding, and new prototyping workflows mean designers are getting closer to production than ever before.</p><p>But just because we <em>can</em> ship faster doesn’t mean we <em>should</em>.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss the growing pressure for designers to ship quickly, why the “just ship it” mindset can backfire, and how teams should think about quality in a world where building things fast seems more important than building things well.</p><p>We talk about the collapse of the gap between design and engineering, why shipping too fast can remove the “bad idea filter,” and why guardrails (like pull requests and review processes) are becoming essential.</p><p>This episode is about navigating speed, experimentation, and responsibility in modern product teams. It is a must-see for designers trying to understand how AI and new tooling are changing the role of product design.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are starting to ship production code<br>🔸 The hidden risk of the “just ship it” culture<br>🔸 How AI tools are accelerating product experimentation<br>🔸 Why teams need guardrails when everyone can ship<br>🔸 When rapid experimentation actually improves products<br>🔸 How pull requests and reviews protect product quality</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone is shipping now<br>02:00 Designers getting access to GitHub<br>06:00 The rise of vibe coding<br>09:00 The “bad idea filter” problem<br>13:00 When shipping fast hurts product quality<br>18:00 Why too many people shipping creates chaos<br>22:00 Pull requests as design guardrails<br>26:00 The danger of constant product changes<br>30:00 Nick ships an AI-built feature</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a0d75301/44b9e2a6.mp3" length="29408277" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1836</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Designers can ship code now. That's what social media and your manager is telling you. AI tools, vibe coding, and new prototyping workflows mean designers are getting closer to production than ever before.</p><p>But just because we <em>can</em> ship faster doesn’t mean we <em>should</em>.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss the growing pressure for designers to ship quickly, why the “just ship it” mindset can backfire, and how teams should think about quality in a world where building things fast seems more important than building things well.</p><p>We talk about the collapse of the gap between design and engineering, why shipping too fast can remove the “bad idea filter,” and why guardrails (like pull requests and review processes) are becoming essential.</p><p>This episode is about navigating speed, experimentation, and responsibility in modern product teams. It is a must-see for designers trying to understand how AI and new tooling are changing the role of product design.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are starting to ship production code<br>🔸 The hidden risk of the “just ship it” culture<br>🔸 How AI tools are accelerating product experimentation<br>🔸 Why teams need guardrails when everyone can ship<br>🔸 When rapid experimentation actually improves products<br>🔸 How pull requests and reviews protect product quality</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Everyone is shipping now<br>02:00 Designers getting access to GitHub<br>06:00 The rise of vibe coding<br>09:00 The “bad idea filter” problem<br>13:00 When shipping fast hurts product quality<br>18:00 Why too many people shipping creates chaos<br>22:00 Pull requests as design guardrails<br>26:00 The danger of constant product changes<br>30:00 Nick ships an AI-built feature</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>uxdesign, productdesign, vibecoding, aiindesign, productteams, uidesign, designpodcast, techpodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0d75301/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Two Product Designers Actually Use AI (Prompting, Vibe Coding, and Real Work)</title>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Two Product Designers Actually Use AI (Prompting, Vibe Coding, and Real Work)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">080269d3-834b-4ae5-b382-b9edab66a6d0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>AI won’t replace designers. But designers who don’t know how to use AI properly are already falling behind. That's what you see a thousand times a day on social media. It is maddening.</p><p>In this episode, we counter that and go deep on how two product designers <em>actually</em> use AI in real design projects. No LinkedIn hype. No “just vibe code bro.” Instead, we talk about prompting, context building, early-stage exploration, and where AI genuinely saves time versus where it doesn't.</p><p>We discuss how AI fits into modern product teams, how designers are replacing wireframes with working prototypes, and why prompting is quickly becoming a core design skill.</p><p>This episode is for designers who want to move faster without losing their mind.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why prompting is more important than the tool you use<br>🔸 How to structure prompts with goals and context<br>🔸 When AI should explore ideas vs. deliver output<br>🔸 Why wireframes are getting replaced by working prototypes<br>🔸 The real meaning of “vibe coding” (and what it is not)<br>🔸 How AI fits into professional, production-level workflows<br>🔸 Why generalist designers adapt faster to AI-driven teams</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why designers struggle with AI adoption<br>03:18 What “vibe coding” actually means<br>07:02 Context first, prompts second<br>10:22 Replacing wireframes with real prototypes<br>14:05 AI as exploration, not final output<br>18:41 Prompting mistakes designers keep making<br>23:12 When to restart instead of fighting the model<br>28:10 Making prototypes realistic for stakeholders<br>33:05 Prompting tips that actually work<br>41:02 Why AI reinforces the generalist shift</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>AI won’t replace designers. But designers who don’t know how to use AI properly are already falling behind. That's what you see a thousand times a day on social media. It is maddening.</p><p>In this episode, we counter that and go deep on how two product designers <em>actually</em> use AI in real design projects. No LinkedIn hype. No “just vibe code bro.” Instead, we talk about prompting, context building, early-stage exploration, and where AI genuinely saves time versus where it doesn't.</p><p>We discuss how AI fits into modern product teams, how designers are replacing wireframes with working prototypes, and why prompting is quickly becoming a core design skill.</p><p>This episode is for designers who want to move faster without losing their mind.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why prompting is more important than the tool you use<br>🔸 How to structure prompts with goals and context<br>🔸 When AI should explore ideas vs. deliver output<br>🔸 Why wireframes are getting replaced by working prototypes<br>🔸 The real meaning of “vibe coding” (and what it is not)<br>🔸 How AI fits into professional, production-level workflows<br>🔸 Why generalist designers adapt faster to AI-driven teams</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why designers struggle with AI adoption<br>03:18 What “vibe coding” actually means<br>07:02 Context first, prompts second<br>10:22 Replacing wireframes with real prototypes<br>14:05 AI as exploration, not final output<br>18:41 Prompting mistakes designers keep making<br>23:12 When to restart instead of fighting the model<br>28:10 Making prototypes realistic for stakeholders<br>33:05 Prompting tips that actually work<br>41:02 Why AI reinforces the generalist shift</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3257cf12/15b4f5fc.mp3" length="28403273" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1773</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>AI won’t replace designers. But designers who don’t know how to use AI properly are already falling behind. That's what you see a thousand times a day on social media. It is maddening.</p><p>In this episode, we counter that and go deep on how two product designers <em>actually</em> use AI in real design projects. No LinkedIn hype. No “just vibe code bro.” Instead, we talk about prompting, context building, early-stage exploration, and where AI genuinely saves time versus where it doesn't.</p><p>We discuss how AI fits into modern product teams, how designers are replacing wireframes with working prototypes, and why prompting is quickly becoming a core design skill.</p><p>This episode is for designers who want to move faster without losing their mind.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why prompting is more important than the tool you use<br>🔸 How to structure prompts with goals and context<br>🔸 When AI should explore ideas vs. deliver output<br>🔸 Why wireframes are getting replaced by working prototypes<br>🔸 The real meaning of “vibe coding” (and what it is not)<br>🔸 How AI fits into professional, production-level workflows<br>🔸 Why generalist designers adapt faster to AI-driven teams</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why designers struggle with AI adoption<br>03:18 What “vibe coding” actually means<br>07:02 Context first, prompts second<br>10:22 Replacing wireframes with real prototypes<br>14:05 AI as exploration, not final output<br>18:41 Prompting mistakes designers keep making<br>23:12 When to restart instead of fighting the model<br>28:10 Making prototypes realistic for stakeholders<br>33:05 Prompting tips that actually work<br>41:02 Why AI reinforces the generalist shift</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>productdesign, uxdesign, aiindesign, productdesigner, designprocess, prompting, vibecoding, saasdesign, designworkflow, designtools</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3257cf12/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generalist vs. Specialist Designers: Why “Doing Everything” Is Back (and Who It Hurts)</title>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Generalist vs. Specialist Designers: Why “Doing Everything” Is Back (and Who It Hurts)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db0f5378-ad44-4bf6-ab69-6bcb288dbd37</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should you specialize or become a generalist as a product designer?</p><p>Everyone has an opinion. Social media says pick a niche. Job listings say “end-to-end.” Who's right?! Designers are stuck wondering which path actually leads to getting hired and staying hired.</p><p>In this episode, we solve the generalist vs. specialist debate from the reality of today’s product teams. We talk about why pure specialists are becoming risky outside of massive enterprises, why generalists are quietly back in demand, and how the best designers are combining deep industry knowledge with end-to-end execution.</p><p>This episode is based on real hiring trends, Tyler's in-house experience, Nick's freelance work, and what actually happens inside modern product teams.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why being “only good at one thing” limits your career options<br>🔸 When specialization actually makes sense (and when it doesn’t)<br>🔸 Why startups and mid-size companies favor end-to-end designers<br>🔸 How generalists gain more influence, visibility, and context<br>🔸 The hidden career risk of staying siloed in one skill<br>🔸 How industry knowledge becomes the real specialization over time</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Are you a generalist or a specialist?<br>02:30 Skill specialization vs industry specialization<br>05:37 Why pure specialists struggle outside big companies<br>09:03 Visibility, collaboration, and career growth<br>13:05 Design systems, scaling, and cross-team impact<br>18:49 Go wide first, then go deep<br>22:36 Hiring trends and shrinking teams<br>26:30 Why the generalist is back</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should you specialize or become a generalist as a product designer?</p><p>Everyone has an opinion. Social media says pick a niche. Job listings say “end-to-end.” Who's right?! Designers are stuck wondering which path actually leads to getting hired and staying hired.</p><p>In this episode, we solve the generalist vs. specialist debate from the reality of today’s product teams. We talk about why pure specialists are becoming risky outside of massive enterprises, why generalists are quietly back in demand, and how the best designers are combining deep industry knowledge with end-to-end execution.</p><p>This episode is based on real hiring trends, Tyler's in-house experience, Nick's freelance work, and what actually happens inside modern product teams.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why being “only good at one thing” limits your career options<br>🔸 When specialization actually makes sense (and when it doesn’t)<br>🔸 Why startups and mid-size companies favor end-to-end designers<br>🔸 How generalists gain more influence, visibility, and context<br>🔸 The hidden career risk of staying siloed in one skill<br>🔸 How industry knowledge becomes the real specialization over time</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Are you a generalist or a specialist?<br>02:30 Skill specialization vs industry specialization<br>05:37 Why pure specialists struggle outside big companies<br>09:03 Visibility, collaboration, and career growth<br>13:05 Design systems, scaling, and cross-team impact<br>18:49 Go wide first, then go deep<br>22:36 Hiring trends and shrinking teams<br>26:30 Why the generalist is back</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/90d6959a/73859c1c.mp3" length="28079649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1753</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should you specialize or become a generalist as a product designer?</p><p>Everyone has an opinion. Social media says pick a niche. Job listings say “end-to-end.” Who's right?! Designers are stuck wondering which path actually leads to getting hired and staying hired.</p><p>In this episode, we solve the generalist vs. specialist debate from the reality of today’s product teams. We talk about why pure specialists are becoming risky outside of massive enterprises, why generalists are quietly back in demand, and how the best designers are combining deep industry knowledge with end-to-end execution.</p><p>This episode is based on real hiring trends, Tyler's in-house experience, Nick's freelance work, and what actually happens inside modern product teams.</p><p><br>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why being “only good at one thing” limits your career options<br>🔸 When specialization actually makes sense (and when it doesn’t)<br>🔸 Why startups and mid-size companies favor end-to-end designers<br>🔸 How generalists gain more influence, visibility, and context<br>🔸 The hidden career risk of staying siloed in one skill<br>🔸 How industry knowledge becomes the real specialization over time</p><p><br>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Are you a generalist or a specialist?<br>02:30 Skill specialization vs industry specialization<br>05:37 Why pure specialists struggle outside big companies<br>09:03 Visibility, collaboration, and career growth<br>13:05 Design systems, scaling, and cross-team impact<br>18:49 Go wide first, then go deep<br>22:36 Hiring trends and shrinking teams<br>26:30 Why the generalist is back</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>productdesign, uxdesign, uidesign, productdesigner, designcareers, generalistdesigner, designjobs, techcareers, saasdesign, designleadership</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/90d6959a/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why (Real) User Research Is Becoming a Career Advantage for Designers (Feat. Sara Fortier)</title>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why (Real) User Research Is Becoming a Career Advantage for Designers (Feat. Sara Fortier)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">213a4e6c-178c-4e9b-9487-36832669a643</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders say research is a waste of time. Just ship it. We’ll figure it out later. But later never comes. The product misses the mark, teams scramble, and you end up doing twice the work fixing mistakes you saw coming weeks ago. Relatable? For many designers it is...</p><p>In this episode, we’re joined by Sara Fortier, CEO of Outwitly and author of Design Research Mastery, to talk about just that, what design research really looks like today, and why it’s becoming more important as AI becomes bigger and bigger.</p><p>We talk about why research is less about methods and more about influence, how junior designers can stand out in today's super competitive market, and why the future favors designers who can connect business risk, human behavior, and product decisions instead of just pushing pixels.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why design research is an insurance policy against bad decisions<br>🔸 How to introduce research in low-maturity teams without asking permission<br>🔸 Why AI won’t replace research but will raise the bar for designers<br>🔸 How junior designers can use research to stand out and get hired<br>🔸 When research should be deep, lightweight, or skipped entirely<br>🔸 Why UX generalists are becoming more valuable than narrow specialists</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why teams say research slows them down<br>03:18 Research vs taste, craft, and AI hot takes<br>07:02 Finding champions inside low-maturity orgs<br>10:22 Asking forgiveness instead of permission<br>14:05 Research as risk reduction and ROI<br>18:41 Why generalists are winning again<br>23:12 AI, research, and the future of design roles<br>28:10 What junior designers should focus on right now<br>33:05 Tools that actually help researchers today<br>41:02 The skills AI can’t replace</p><p>Learn more about Sara’s book<br>https://www.designresearchmastery.com/</p><p>Connect with Sara on LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarafortier/</p><p>Learn more about Outwitly<br>https://outwitly.com/</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders say research is a waste of time. Just ship it. We’ll figure it out later. But later never comes. The product misses the mark, teams scramble, and you end up doing twice the work fixing mistakes you saw coming weeks ago. Relatable? For many designers it is...</p><p>In this episode, we’re joined by Sara Fortier, CEO of Outwitly and author of Design Research Mastery, to talk about just that, what design research really looks like today, and why it’s becoming more important as AI becomes bigger and bigger.</p><p>We talk about why research is less about methods and more about influence, how junior designers can stand out in today's super competitive market, and why the future favors designers who can connect business risk, human behavior, and product decisions instead of just pushing pixels.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why design research is an insurance policy against bad decisions<br>🔸 How to introduce research in low-maturity teams without asking permission<br>🔸 Why AI won’t replace research but will raise the bar for designers<br>🔸 How junior designers can use research to stand out and get hired<br>🔸 When research should be deep, lightweight, or skipped entirely<br>🔸 Why UX generalists are becoming more valuable than narrow specialists</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why teams say research slows them down<br>03:18 Research vs taste, craft, and AI hot takes<br>07:02 Finding champions inside low-maturity orgs<br>10:22 Asking forgiveness instead of permission<br>14:05 Research as risk reduction and ROI<br>18:41 Why generalists are winning again<br>23:12 AI, research, and the future of design roles<br>28:10 What junior designers should focus on right now<br>33:05 Tools that actually help researchers today<br>41:02 The skills AI can’t replace</p><p>Learn more about Sara’s book<br>https://www.designresearchmastery.com/</p><p>Connect with Sara on LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarafortier/</p><p>Learn more about Outwitly<br>https://outwitly.com/</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/45a57ea1/35e22819.mp3" length="41506237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2592</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders say research is a waste of time. Just ship it. We’ll figure it out later. But later never comes. The product misses the mark, teams scramble, and you end up doing twice the work fixing mistakes you saw coming weeks ago. Relatable? For many designers it is...</p><p>In this episode, we’re joined by Sara Fortier, CEO of Outwitly and author of Design Research Mastery, to talk about just that, what design research really looks like today, and why it’s becoming more important as AI becomes bigger and bigger.</p><p>We talk about why research is less about methods and more about influence, how junior designers can stand out in today's super competitive market, and why the future favors designers who can connect business risk, human behavior, and product decisions instead of just pushing pixels.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why design research is an insurance policy against bad decisions<br>🔸 How to introduce research in low-maturity teams without asking permission<br>🔸 Why AI won’t replace research but will raise the bar for designers<br>🔸 How junior designers can use research to stand out and get hired<br>🔸 When research should be deep, lightweight, or skipped entirely<br>🔸 Why UX generalists are becoming more valuable than narrow specialists</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Why teams say research slows them down<br>03:18 Research vs taste, craft, and AI hot takes<br>07:02 Finding champions inside low-maturity orgs<br>10:22 Asking forgiveness instead of permission<br>14:05 Research as risk reduction and ROI<br>18:41 Why generalists are winning again<br>23:12 AI, research, and the future of design roles<br>28:10 What junior designers should focus on right now<br>33:05 Tools that actually help researchers today<br>41:02 The skills AI can’t replace</p><p>Learn more about Sara’s book<br>https://www.designresearchmastery.com/</p><p>Connect with Sara on LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarafortier/</p><p>Learn more about Outwitly<br>https://outwitly.com/</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about the hosts<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>uxdesign,uxresearch,productdesign,designcareers,designleadership,aianddesign,productstrategy,designpodcast,uxcareer,designthinking</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a57ea1/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Users Lie, Data Misleads, and Why UX Research (Still) Matters</title>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Users Lie, Data Misleads, and Why UX Research (Still) Matters</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">96e9f8bf-3860-43ee-a55a-0350cef17071</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Users say one thing. Then they do something completely different. Nick, co-host at the Design Table Podcast, just found out the hard way.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why user feedback can be misleading, why badly framed research creates false confidence, and how designers should really think about data and user research.</p><p>We talk about research methods that fail in practice, why people lie during tests, and how relying on a single data point can completely derail your product design decision making.</p><p>This episode is about moving beyond performative research and building confidence in your decisions using the right mix of qualitative and quantitative signals. It is a must-see for any designer who's interested in UX research.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why users lie<br>🔸 How poorly framed questions ruin your UX research outcome<br>🔸 When usability testing beats surveys<br>🔸 Why screenshots and explanations often get ignored<br>🔸 How to triangulate research instead of trusting one signal<br>🔸 When to trust data and when to trust experience</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br> 00:00 “Users lie” and the research crisis<br> 04:00 Why feedback doesn’t match behavior<br> 09:00 Choosing the right research method<br> 15:00 Unmoderated vs moderated testing<br> 21:00 SUS scores and false certainty<br> 27:00 A simple research framework that works<br> 33:00 Why research matters more in an AI-driven world</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Users say one thing. Then they do something completely different. Nick, co-host at the Design Table Podcast, just found out the hard way.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why user feedback can be misleading, why badly framed research creates false confidence, and how designers should really think about data and user research.</p><p>We talk about research methods that fail in practice, why people lie during tests, and how relying on a single data point can completely derail your product design decision making.</p><p>This episode is about moving beyond performative research and building confidence in your decisions using the right mix of qualitative and quantitative signals. It is a must-see for any designer who's interested in UX research.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why users lie<br>🔸 How poorly framed questions ruin your UX research outcome<br>🔸 When usability testing beats surveys<br>🔸 Why screenshots and explanations often get ignored<br>🔸 How to triangulate research instead of trusting one signal<br>🔸 When to trust data and when to trust experience</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br> 00:00 “Users lie” and the research crisis<br> 04:00 Why feedback doesn’t match behavior<br> 09:00 Choosing the right research method<br> 15:00 Unmoderated vs moderated testing<br> 21:00 SUS scores and false certainty<br> 27:00 A simple research framework that works<br> 33:00 Why research matters more in an AI-driven world</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b64a0384/95bab1c4.mp3" length="26684080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1666</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Users say one thing. Then they do something completely different. Nick, co-host at the Design Table Podcast, just found out the hard way.</p><p>In this episode of the Design Table Podcast, we discuss why user feedback can be misleading, why badly framed research creates false confidence, and how designers should really think about data and user research.</p><p>We talk about research methods that fail in practice, why people lie during tests, and how relying on a single data point can completely derail your product design decision making.</p><p>This episode is about moving beyond performative research and building confidence in your decisions using the right mix of qualitative and quantitative signals. It is a must-see for any designer who's interested in UX research.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why users lie<br>🔸 How poorly framed questions ruin your UX research outcome<br>🔸 When usability testing beats surveys<br>🔸 Why screenshots and explanations often get ignored<br>🔸 How to triangulate research instead of trusting one signal<br>🔸 When to trust data and when to trust experience</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br> 00:00 “Users lie” and the research crisis<br> 04:00 Why feedback doesn’t match behavior<br> 09:00 Choosing the right research method<br> 15:00 Unmoderated vs moderated testing<br> 21:00 SUS scores and false certainty<br> 27:00 A simple research framework that works<br> 33:00 Why research matters more in an AI-driven world</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UXResearch, UserResearch, ProductDesign, UXTesting, DesignSystems, SaaSUX, UXMetrics, ResearchOps, DesignStrategy, UXCareer, DesignPodcast, ProductThinking</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b64a0384/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Stakeholders Don't Care About UX. Now What?!</title>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Your Stakeholders Don't Care About UX. Now What?!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18500541-6a59-462f-aa3f-367cfd5a593f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders tell you to skip research and just ship it. We'll test later is what they say, but later never comes. The design misses the mark. And now you're doing twice the work to fix what could have been done right the first time. That's the cycle we're discussing in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>In this episode, we talk about what designers are really hired to do and why your job is closer to being an insurance policy than a pixel pusher.</p><p>We dig into how to handle stakeholders who think UX slows things down, why "ship it and learn" almost never leads to actual learning, and how to reframe your design process in a language executives actually respond to.</p><p>In this episode you'll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are an insurance policy between ideas and production<br>🔸 How to handle stakeholders who think UX slows teams down<br>🔸 Why "ship it and learn" usually means "ship it and forget"<br>🔸 How to reframe research as risk reduction, not extra work<br>🔸 Why designers need to stop apologizing for their process<br>🔸 When you should and shouldn't do research on a feature</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Stakeholders who say "just ship it"<br>03:14 Designers are salespeople and therapists<br>06:12 Design as an insurance policy<br>07:05 The myth of "ship and iterate"<br>10:15 Getting faster to make room for research<br>12:31 Why designers need to stop being too nice<br>17:05 Selling design through company goals and KPIs<br>22:41 When should you actually do research?<br>27:06 Quick summary and takeaways</p><p><br></p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders tell you to skip research and just ship it. We'll test later is what they say, but later never comes. The design misses the mark. And now you're doing twice the work to fix what could have been done right the first time. That's the cycle we're discussing in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>In this episode, we talk about what designers are really hired to do and why your job is closer to being an insurance policy than a pixel pusher.</p><p>We dig into how to handle stakeholders who think UX slows things down, why "ship it and learn" almost never leads to actual learning, and how to reframe your design process in a language executives actually respond to.</p><p>In this episode you'll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are an insurance policy between ideas and production<br>🔸 How to handle stakeholders who think UX slows teams down<br>🔸 Why "ship it and learn" usually means "ship it and forget"<br>🔸 How to reframe research as risk reduction, not extra work<br>🔸 Why designers need to stop apologizing for their process<br>🔸 When you should and shouldn't do research on a feature</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Stakeholders who say "just ship it"<br>03:14 Designers are salespeople and therapists<br>06:12 Design as an insurance policy<br>07:05 The myth of "ship and iterate"<br>10:15 Getting faster to make room for research<br>12:31 Why designers need to stop being too nice<br>17:05 Selling design through company goals and KPIs<br>22:41 When should you actually do research?<br>27:06 Quick summary and takeaways</p><p><br></p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/80acb421/9a020dde.mp3" length="26964067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1683</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your stakeholders tell you to skip research and just ship it. We'll test later is what they say, but later never comes. The design misses the mark. And now you're doing twice the work to fix what could have been done right the first time. That's the cycle we're discussing in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>In this episode, we talk about what designers are really hired to do and why your job is closer to being an insurance policy than a pixel pusher.</p><p>We dig into how to handle stakeholders who think UX slows things down, why "ship it and learn" almost never leads to actual learning, and how to reframe your design process in a language executives actually respond to.</p><p>In this episode you'll learn:<br>🔸 Why designers are an insurance policy between ideas and production<br>🔸 How to handle stakeholders who think UX slows teams down<br>🔸 Why "ship it and learn" usually means "ship it and forget"<br>🔸 How to reframe research as risk reduction, not extra work<br>🔸 Why designers need to stop apologizing for their process<br>🔸 When you should and shouldn't do research on a feature</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Stakeholders who say "just ship it"<br>03:14 Designers are salespeople and therapists<br>06:12 Design as an insurance policy<br>07:05 The myth of "ship and iterate"<br>10:15 Getting faster to make room for research<br>12:31 Why designers need to stop being too nice<br>17:05 Selling design through company goals and KPIs<br>22:41 When should you actually do research?<br>27:06 Quick summary and takeaways</p><p><br></p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UXDesign, ProductDesign, DesignROI, UXResearch, SaaSDesign, StartupDesign, DesignLeadership, ProductManagement, UXStrategy, DesignCareer, DesignPodcast, BusinessOfDesign</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80acb421/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Real Reasons Companies Hire Designers (And How to Prove Your Value) | Part 2</title>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Real Reasons Companies Hire Designers (And How to Prove Your Value) | Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">30d6e7cb-a246-4b7e-b727-c1710a130cb7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone tells you design is about making things look good. But it is not. Design is about saving time, reducing risk, and creating leverage inside a business. That's what we're talking about in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>This is part 2 and we cover the overlooked reasons designers get hired and how to turn your work into measurable impact.</p><p>We go beyond revenue and look into time savings, operational efficiency, risk reduction, compliance, and long-term brand impact. We share real examples from different industries (construction, pharma, SaaS, and product design) to show you how designers create impact that goes far beyond visuals.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 How design saves time across teams and operations<br>🔸 Why time saved often turns into revenue and scale<br>🔸 How UX work can reduce business risk including compliance, errors, and lawsuits<br>🔸 Real-world examples from construction workflows and pharma packaging<br>🔸 Why brand, differentiation, and ownership still matter<br>🔸 The hidden trait that makes designers stand out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Intro to Part 2<br>02:00 Reason 3 Designers save time<br>08:00 Construction workflow example<br>14:00 Translating time saved into money<br>18:00 Reason 4 Designers reduce risk<br>23:00 Pharma compliance example<br>27:00 Brand, differentiation, and ownership<br>32:00 Final thoughts</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone tells you design is about making things look good. But it is not. Design is about saving time, reducing risk, and creating leverage inside a business. That's what we're talking about in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>This is part 2 and we cover the overlooked reasons designers get hired and how to turn your work into measurable impact.</p><p>We go beyond revenue and look into time savings, operational efficiency, risk reduction, compliance, and long-term brand impact. We share real examples from different industries (construction, pharma, SaaS, and product design) to show you how designers create impact that goes far beyond visuals.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 How design saves time across teams and operations<br>🔸 Why time saved often turns into revenue and scale<br>🔸 How UX work can reduce business risk including compliance, errors, and lawsuits<br>🔸 Real-world examples from construction workflows and pharma packaging<br>🔸 Why brand, differentiation, and ownership still matter<br>🔸 The hidden trait that makes designers stand out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Intro to Part 2<br>02:00 Reason 3 Designers save time<br>08:00 Construction workflow example<br>14:00 Translating time saved into money<br>18:00 Reason 4 Designers reduce risk<br>23:00 Pharma compliance example<br>27:00 Brand, differentiation, and ownership<br>32:00 Final thoughts</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ad4e25ea/8635f855.mp3" length="26081223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1628</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone tells you design is about making things look good. But it is not. Design is about saving time, reducing risk, and creating leverage inside a business. That's what we're talking about in this episode of the Design Table Podcast.</p><p>This is part 2 and we cover the overlooked reasons designers get hired and how to turn your work into measurable impact.</p><p>We go beyond revenue and look into time savings, operational efficiency, risk reduction, compliance, and long-term brand impact. We share real examples from different industries (construction, pharma, SaaS, and product design) to show you how designers create impact that goes far beyond visuals.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 How design saves time across teams and operations<br>🔸 Why time saved often turns into revenue and scale<br>🔸 How UX work can reduce business risk including compliance, errors, and lawsuits<br>🔸 Real-world examples from construction workflows and pharma packaging<br>🔸 Why brand, differentiation, and ownership still matter<br>🔸 The hidden trait that makes designers stand out</p><p>⏱ Chapters<br>00:00 Intro to Part 2<br>02:00 Reason 3 Designers save time<br>08:00 Construction workflow example<br>14:00 Translating time saved into money<br>18:00 Reason 4 Designers reduce risk<br>23:00 Pharma compliance example<br>27:00 Brand, differentiation, and ownership<br>32:00 Final thoughts</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#ProductDesign, #UXDesign, #DesignCareers, #DesignStrategy, #ROIdesign, #TimeSavings, #RiskReduction, #UXProcess, #B2BSaaS, #DesignLeadership, #DesignThinking, #UXImpact</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad4e25ea/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Real Reasons Companies Hire Designers (And How to Prove Your Value) | Part 1</title>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The 4 Real Reasons Companies Hire Designers (And How to Prove Your Value) | Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6dd19ed4-7143-4e19-ae9e-87450062cd79</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>While most designers talk about “crafting delightful experiences", companies hire designers for something else entirely. And that's a problem... for designers looking to get hired.</p><p>In this episode, Tyler and Nick share the real business reasons designers get hired and how to position your case studies to prove your value.</p><p>This episode introduces a framework from business thinking applied to UX and product design careers. They discuss why companies hire designers to make money and save money, and how most portfolios completely miss this. You’ll learn how to connect UX work to revenue, conversion, adoption, and cost reduction so your case studies speak the language of business.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why "delightful UX" is not a strong business argument<br>🔸 How designers help companies make money through conversion, MRR, and adoption<br>🔸 How design reduces support costs and operational waste<br>🔸 How to quantify business impact in your case studies<br>🔸 What to do if you do not have access to metrics</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>While most designers talk about “crafting delightful experiences", companies hire designers for something else entirely. And that's a problem... for designers looking to get hired.</p><p>In this episode, Tyler and Nick share the real business reasons designers get hired and how to position your case studies to prove your value.</p><p>This episode introduces a framework from business thinking applied to UX and product design careers. They discuss why companies hire designers to make money and save money, and how most portfolios completely miss this. You’ll learn how to connect UX work to revenue, conversion, adoption, and cost reduction so your case studies speak the language of business.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why "delightful UX" is not a strong business argument<br>🔸 How designers help companies make money through conversion, MRR, and adoption<br>🔸 How design reduces support costs and operational waste<br>🔸 How to quantify business impact in your case studies<br>🔸 What to do if you do not have access to metrics</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Feb 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2d4fe932/d3ef9e07.mp3" length="27157959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1695</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>While most designers talk about “crafting delightful experiences", companies hire designers for something else entirely. And that's a problem... for designers looking to get hired.</p><p>In this episode, Tyler and Nick share the real business reasons designers get hired and how to position your case studies to prove your value.</p><p>This episode introduces a framework from business thinking applied to UX and product design careers. They discuss why companies hire designers to make money and save money, and how most portfolios completely miss this. You’ll learn how to connect UX work to revenue, conversion, adoption, and cost reduction so your case studies speak the language of business.</p><p>In this episode you’ll learn:<br>🔸 Why "delightful UX" is not a strong business argument<br>🔸 How designers help companies make money through conversion, MRR, and adoption<br>🔸 How design reduces support costs and operational waste<br>🔸 How to quantify business impact in your case studies<br>🔸 What to do if you do not have access to metrics</p><p>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#ProductDesign, #UXDesign, #DesignCareers, #PortfolioTips, #CaseStudy, #B2BSaaS, #DesignStrategy, #ROIdesign, #ConversionRate, #UXPortfolio, #DesignJobs, #DesignBusiness</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d4fe932/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why I'm Building My Own Tools (And Why You Should Too)</title>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why I'm Building My Own Tools (And Why You Should Too)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2973be4d-e371-41f8-ba9b-3dcbb88a3f09</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss a shift that most SaaS and startups are not ready for: internal tools are getting real investment in 2026. That's because their customers are realizing they can build exactly what they need on their own.</p><p>This changes how SaaS operates. Instead of buying another one-size-fits-all product, more buyers will ask: why don’t we just build this ourselves? Tyler and Nick figure out how SaaS products can survive this shift and why being integration-ready is about more than just “having Zapier.”</p><p>If you are building B2B SaaS, working in product, or designing enterprise tools, this episode gives you strategy you can actually apply.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why internal tools are getting bigger budgets in 2026<br>🔸 The new SaaS threat: customers building their own tools<br>🔸 Why enterprises want software tailored to their workflows<br>🔸 The real SaaS moat: flexibility, integrations, and ecosystems<br>🔸 Zapier, Make, MCPs, and why they change retention<br>🔸 Using integrations as product signals for what to build next<br>🔸 Founder-led SaaS, branding, and why “slop” is the new competition</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss a shift that most SaaS and startups are not ready for: internal tools are getting real investment in 2026. That's because their customers are realizing they can build exactly what they need on their own.</p><p>This changes how SaaS operates. Instead of buying another one-size-fits-all product, more buyers will ask: why don’t we just build this ourselves? Tyler and Nick figure out how SaaS products can survive this shift and why being integration-ready is about more than just “having Zapier.”</p><p>If you are building B2B SaaS, working in product, or designing enterprise tools, this episode gives you strategy you can actually apply.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why internal tools are getting bigger budgets in 2026<br>🔸 The new SaaS threat: customers building their own tools<br>🔸 Why enterprises want software tailored to their workflows<br>🔸 The real SaaS moat: flexibility, integrations, and ecosystems<br>🔸 Zapier, Make, MCPs, and why they change retention<br>🔸 Using integrations as product signals for what to build next<br>🔸 Founder-led SaaS, branding, and why “slop” is the new competition</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jan 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9c08065c/21070e57.mp3" length="22724668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1418</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss a shift that most SaaS and startups are not ready for: internal tools are getting real investment in 2026. That's because their customers are realizing they can build exactly what they need on their own.</p><p>This changes how SaaS operates. Instead of buying another one-size-fits-all product, more buyers will ask: why don’t we just build this ourselves? Tyler and Nick figure out how SaaS products can survive this shift and why being integration-ready is about more than just “having Zapier.”</p><p>If you are building B2B SaaS, working in product, or designing enterprise tools, this episode gives you strategy you can actually apply.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why internal tools are getting bigger budgets in 2026<br>🔸 The new SaaS threat: customers building their own tools<br>🔸 Why enterprises want software tailored to their workflows<br>🔸 The real SaaS moat: flexibility, integrations, and ecosystems<br>🔸 Zapier, Make, MCPs, and why they change retention<br>🔸 Using integrations as product signals for what to build next<br>🔸 Founder-led SaaS, branding, and why “slop” is the new competition</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#SaaS, #B2BSaaS, #InternalTools, #ProductStrategy, #ProductDesign, #AI, #Automation, #NoCode, #Zapier, #Makecom, #MCP, #SoftwareDevelopment, #FounderLed, #Startup, #TechPodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c08065c/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Design Jobs Are Disappearing in 2026 (Here's How You Survive)</title>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Product Design Jobs Are Disappearing in 2026 (Here's How You Survive)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38526261-4725-42ca-b375-f2831dbf8373</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down what product design will look like in 2026 and why this year will feel like a shock to a lot of designers. Tyler calls it the year of the builder, where titles start collapsing and the market rewards people who can actually ship.</p><p>They discuss why design has been misunderstood for years, how that misunderstanding is costing you still today, and why design is slowly getting eaten by product and engineering departments.</p><p>This is not AI fear and it is not a rant. It is a practical blueprint for how designers stay relevant when the goalposts move.</p><p>If you want to protect your career and increase your leverage, the answer is simple: skill stack and build.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why 2026 will be “the year of the builder”<br>🔸 Why design roles are merging into hybrid titles<br>🔸 The designer vs. developer gap and how it wastes time<br>🔸 When building real prototypes beats building Figma prototypes<br>🔸 How AI changes what teams expect designers to ship<br>🔸 The next wave: builders who can design, ship, and think business</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down what product design will look like in 2026 and why this year will feel like a shock to a lot of designers. Tyler calls it the year of the builder, where titles start collapsing and the market rewards people who can actually ship.</p><p>They discuss why design has been misunderstood for years, how that misunderstanding is costing you still today, and why design is slowly getting eaten by product and engineering departments.</p><p>This is not AI fear and it is not a rant. It is a practical blueprint for how designers stay relevant when the goalposts move.</p><p>If you want to protect your career and increase your leverage, the answer is simple: skill stack and build.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why 2026 will be “the year of the builder”<br>🔸 Why design roles are merging into hybrid titles<br>🔸 The designer vs. developer gap and how it wastes time<br>🔸 When building real prototypes beats building Figma prototypes<br>🔸 How AI changes what teams expect designers to ship<br>🔸 The next wave: builders who can design, ship, and think business</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8a24108b/e9046d5a.mp3" length="30303292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1892</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down what product design will look like in 2026 and why this year will feel like a shock to a lot of designers. Tyler calls it the year of the builder, where titles start collapsing and the market rewards people who can actually ship.</p><p>They discuss why design has been misunderstood for years, how that misunderstanding is costing you still today, and why design is slowly getting eaten by product and engineering departments.</p><p>This is not AI fear and it is not a rant. It is a practical blueprint for how designers stay relevant when the goalposts move.</p><p>If you want to protect your career and increase your leverage, the answer is simple: skill stack and build.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why 2026 will be “the year of the builder”<br>🔸 Why design roles are merging into hybrid titles<br>🔸 The designer vs. developer gap and how it wastes time<br>🔸 When building real prototypes beats building Figma prototypes<br>🔸 How AI changes what teams expect designers to ship<br>🔸 The next wave: builders who can design, ship, and think business</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#ProductDesign, #UXDesign, #ProductDesigner, #DesignCareer, #AIDesign, #AI, #DesignPodcast, #UXCareer, #LearnToCode, #UXEngineer, #DesignThinking, #DesignSystems, #Figma, #CareerAdvice, #TechPodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8a24108b/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Recruiters Actually Work and What Designers Get Wrong</title>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Recruiters Actually Work and What Designers Get Wrong</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">916818d3-bef5-44d7-8527-43b3715c3ffa</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick pull back the curtain on the recruiter side of the design job market. This is not a rant and it is not recruiter hate. Instead, it is a practical explanation of how the system actually works.</p><p>They break down what preferred suppliers are, why some recruiter outreach goes nowhere, and how designers accidentally hurt themselves by ignoring messages or being unprepared. The conversation reframes recruiters as long-term career relationships instead of one-off transactions.</p><p>If you are job hunting, freelancing, or just want leverage when opportunities appear, this episode gives you context most designers never get.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 How recruiters really source and screen designers<br>🔸 What preferred supplier lists are and why they matter<br>🔸 How to identify low-value recruiter outreach<br>🔸 Why replying even when uninterested pays off later<br>🔸 Screening recruiters the same way they screen you<br>🔸 Keeping your CV ready before you need it<br>🔸 Signaling availability without oversharing<br>🔸 Playing the long game with career relationships</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick pull back the curtain on the recruiter side of the design job market. This is not a rant and it is not recruiter hate. Instead, it is a practical explanation of how the system actually works.</p><p>They break down what preferred suppliers are, why some recruiter outreach goes nowhere, and how designers accidentally hurt themselves by ignoring messages or being unprepared. The conversation reframes recruiters as long-term career relationships instead of one-off transactions.</p><p>If you are job hunting, freelancing, or just want leverage when opportunities appear, this episode gives you context most designers never get.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 How recruiters really source and screen designers<br>🔸 What preferred supplier lists are and why they matter<br>🔸 How to identify low-value recruiter outreach<br>🔸 Why replying even when uninterested pays off later<br>🔸 Screening recruiters the same way they screen you<br>🔸 Keeping your CV ready before you need it<br>🔸 Signaling availability without oversharing<br>🔸 Playing the long game with career relationships</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jan 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fac5fe60/407a6513.mp3" length="27639470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1726</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick pull back the curtain on the recruiter side of the design job market. This is not a rant and it is not recruiter hate. Instead, it is a practical explanation of how the system actually works.</p><p>They break down what preferred suppliers are, why some recruiter outreach goes nowhere, and how designers accidentally hurt themselves by ignoring messages or being unprepared. The conversation reframes recruiters as long-term career relationships instead of one-off transactions.</p><p>If you are job hunting, freelancing, or just want leverage when opportunities appear, this episode gives you context most designers never get.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 How recruiters really source and screen designers<br>🔸 What preferred supplier lists are and why they matter<br>🔸 How to identify low-value recruiter outreach<br>🔸 Why replying even when uninterested pays off later<br>🔸 Screening recruiters the same way they screen you<br>🔸 Keeping your CV ready before you need it<br>🔸 Signaling availability without oversharing<br>🔸 Playing the long game with career relationships</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>ux design, product design, design careers, ux jobs, design recruiters, hiring designers, portfolio tips, design industry, career advice, product designers, design podcast, the design table</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fac5fe60/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Two Senior Product Designers Actually Use AI (Without Losing Their Craft)</title>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Two Senior Product Designers Actually Use AI (Without Losing Their Craft)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">481c106c-2158-4b0b-a2cd-b9329240c104</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down how experienced product designers are actually using AI in real workflows. Not the hype. Not the panic. The practical reality.</p><p>They talk through where AI is genuinely useful, where it creates more problems than it solves, and why most of its real value shows up after discovery, not before (like most say).</p><p>From copy refinement and edge cases to design system consistency and handoff support, this episode shows how AI helps designers move faster without outsourcing judgment.</p><p>If you feel behind because you are not “AI-first” or worried that tools like Figma Make will replace your role, this conversation will help how you think about AI and your craft.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Where AI actually fits in a real design process<br>🔸 Why AI shines in later-stage design work<br>🔸 Using AI for copy limits, constraints, and edge cases<br>🔸 How Figma Make and vibe coding fit into real projects<br>🔸 Treating AI like an assistant instead of a decision-maker<br>🔸 Why strong design systems matter more than prompts<br>🔸 The risks of hallucinated UI and false confidence<br>🔸 Shipping faster without lowering quality</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down how experienced product designers are actually using AI in real workflows. Not the hype. Not the panic. The practical reality.</p><p>They talk through where AI is genuinely useful, where it creates more problems than it solves, and why most of its real value shows up after discovery, not before (like most say).</p><p>From copy refinement and edge cases to design system consistency and handoff support, this episode shows how AI helps designers move faster without outsourcing judgment.</p><p>If you feel behind because you are not “AI-first” or worried that tools like Figma Make will replace your role, this conversation will help how you think about AI and your craft.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Where AI actually fits in a real design process<br>🔸 Why AI shines in later-stage design work<br>🔸 Using AI for copy limits, constraints, and edge cases<br>🔸 How Figma Make and vibe coding fit into real projects<br>🔸 Treating AI like an assistant instead of a decision-maker<br>🔸 Why strong design systems matter more than prompts<br>🔸 The risks of hallucinated UI and false confidence<br>🔸 Shipping faster without lowering quality</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jan 2026 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d3bf9609/2027ff84.mp3" length="26918708" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1680</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick break down how experienced product designers are actually using AI in real workflows. Not the hype. Not the panic. The practical reality.</p><p>They talk through where AI is genuinely useful, where it creates more problems than it solves, and why most of its real value shows up after discovery, not before (like most say).</p><p>From copy refinement and edge cases to design system consistency and handoff support, this episode shows how AI helps designers move faster without outsourcing judgment.</p><p>If you feel behind because you are not “AI-first” or worried that tools like Figma Make will replace your role, this conversation will help how you think about AI and your craft.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Where AI actually fits in a real design process<br>🔸 Why AI shines in later-stage design work<br>🔸 Using AI for copy limits, constraints, and edge cases<br>🔸 How Figma Make and vibe coding fit into real projects<br>🔸 Treating AI like an assistant instead of a decision-maker<br>🔸 Why strong design systems matter more than prompts<br>🔸 The risks of hallucinated UI and false confidence<br>🔸 Shipping faster without lowering quality</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast</strong><br> <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br> Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>ux design, product design, design ai, figma, ux ui, design systems, product designers, design workflow, design tools, design careers, ai for designers, design podcast, the design table</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3bf9609/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Start a Design Career in 2026 Without Burning Out or Falling for AI Fear</title>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Start a Design Career in 2026 Without Burning Out or Falling for AI Fear</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4583e2bb-b13c-4d11-9453-b7d75b31b184</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the second half of this conversation, Tyler and Nick shift gears and answer a question they hear constantly:</p><p>“If I am brand new to design, where do I even start anymore?”</p><p>They break down what actually matters when entering product design today, what beginners should ignore, and how to build real skills without getting lost in tools, certifications, and AI panic.</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest guide for anyone considering product design in 2026 and beyond. No shortcuts. No fake guarantees. Just clear steps and hard-earned perspective from two senior designers who have seen the industry evolve multiple times. </p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 The first steps every new designer should take<br>🔸 Mentorship vs. coaching and when to pay for help<br>🔸 Why copying work is not cheating at the start<br>🔸 The right way to learn Figma before touching AI tools<br>🔸 Hard skills vs. soft skills and when each matters<br>🔸 Why AI will not replace designers who understand fundamentals<br>🔸 How to avoid burnout, fear cycles, and bad advice online</p><p><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the second half of this conversation, Tyler and Nick shift gears and answer a question they hear constantly:</p><p>“If I am brand new to design, where do I even start anymore?”</p><p>They break down what actually matters when entering product design today, what beginners should ignore, and how to build real skills without getting lost in tools, certifications, and AI panic.</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest guide for anyone considering product design in 2026 and beyond. No shortcuts. No fake guarantees. Just clear steps and hard-earned perspective from two senior designers who have seen the industry evolve multiple times. </p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 The first steps every new designer should take<br>🔸 Mentorship vs. coaching and when to pay for help<br>🔸 Why copying work is not cheating at the start<br>🔸 The right way to learn Figma before touching AI tools<br>🔸 Hard skills vs. soft skills and when each matters<br>🔸 Why AI will not replace designers who understand fundamentals<br>🔸 How to avoid burnout, fear cycles, and bad advice online</p><p><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2cb25e40/d212359b.mp3" length="29286084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1828</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the second half of this conversation, Tyler and Nick shift gears and answer a question they hear constantly:</p><p>“If I am brand new to design, where do I even start anymore?”</p><p>They break down what actually matters when entering product design today, what beginners should ignore, and how to build real skills without getting lost in tools, certifications, and AI panic.</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest guide for anyone considering product design in 2026 and beyond. No shortcuts. No fake guarantees. Just clear steps and hard-earned perspective from two senior designers who have seen the industry evolve multiple times. </p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 The first steps every new designer should take<br>🔸 Mentorship vs. coaching and when to pay for help<br>🔸 Why copying work is not cheating at the start<br>🔸 The right way to learn Figma before touching AI tools<br>🔸 Hard skills vs. soft skills and when each matters<br>🔸 Why AI will not replace designers who understand fundamentals<br>🔸 How to avoid burnout, fear cycles, and bad advice online</p><p><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>how to become a product designer, product design career 2026, UX design beginner guide, learning Figma, design mentorship, UX coaching, AI and design careers, entry level product designer, design skills roadmap, UX portfolio tips, design burnout, design fundamentals, starting a design career, product design podcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb25e40/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Design in 2025 Is (Not) Breaking Old Rules. Here’s What Actually Changed</title>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Design in 2025 Is (Not) Breaking Old Rules. Here’s What Actually Changed</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b286d03-b397-4158-9fa2-5a4003b96f40</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 felt like two years packed into one. In this episode, Tyler and Nick look back on the biggest shifts in product design over the past year and what they actually mean for designers going into 2026.</p><p>They discuss how AI changed the way design work enters teams, why designers are becoming prototype-first thinkers, and how tools like Cursor, Figma MCPs, and AI image generation are closing the gap between design and engineering faster than most people expected.</p><p>This is not a hype episode. It is a grounded conversation about experimentation, caution, and why the fundamentals still matter more than chasing every new tool.</p><p>If 2025 left you excited, overwhelmed, or both, this episode helps you zoom out and make sense of what actually changed and what did not. </p><p><strong>Here is what is on the table:</strong><br> 🔸 Why 2025 became the year of experimentation<br>🔸 How AI changed the way design requests come in<br>🔸 Vibe coding vs. real production work<br>🔸 Where design and engineering are coming together<br>🔸 Why not every new tool deserves your attention<br>🔸 The difference between hype and reality<br>🔸 What designers should carry into 2026 and what to drop</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 felt like two years packed into one. In this episode, Tyler and Nick look back on the biggest shifts in product design over the past year and what they actually mean for designers going into 2026.</p><p>They discuss how AI changed the way design work enters teams, why designers are becoming prototype-first thinkers, and how tools like Cursor, Figma MCPs, and AI image generation are closing the gap between design and engineering faster than most people expected.</p><p>This is not a hype episode. It is a grounded conversation about experimentation, caution, and why the fundamentals still matter more than chasing every new tool.</p><p>If 2025 left you excited, overwhelmed, or both, this episode helps you zoom out and make sense of what actually changed and what did not. </p><p><strong>Here is what is on the table:</strong><br> 🔸 Why 2025 became the year of experimentation<br>🔸 How AI changed the way design requests come in<br>🔸 Vibe coding vs. real production work<br>🔸 Where design and engineering are coming together<br>🔸 Why not every new tool deserves your attention<br>🔸 The difference between hype and reality<br>🔸 What designers should carry into 2026 and what to drop</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Dec 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0df041b0/8c9fd8d3.mp3" length="27207559" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1699</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 felt like two years packed into one. In this episode, Tyler and Nick look back on the biggest shifts in product design over the past year and what they actually mean for designers going into 2026.</p><p>They discuss how AI changed the way design work enters teams, why designers are becoming prototype-first thinkers, and how tools like Cursor, Figma MCPs, and AI image generation are closing the gap between design and engineering faster than most people expected.</p><p>This is not a hype episode. It is a grounded conversation about experimentation, caution, and why the fundamentals still matter more than chasing every new tool.</p><p>If 2025 left you excited, overwhelmed, or both, this episode helps you zoom out and make sense of what actually changed and what did not. </p><p><strong>Here is what is on the table:</strong><br> 🔸 Why 2025 became the year of experimentation<br>🔸 How AI changed the way design requests come in<br>🔸 Vibe coding vs. real production work<br>🔸 Where design and engineering are coming together<br>🔸 Why not every new tool deserves your attention<br>🔸 The difference between hype and reality<br>🔸 What designers should carry into 2026 and what to drop</p><p><br><strong>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br></strong><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p><br><strong>More about Tyler and Nick</strong><br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>product design 2025, design trends 2025, AI in product design, design and engineering collaboration, Figma MCP, Cursor AI, vibe coding, design workflows, product designer career, design tools 2025, UX design podcast, design industry changes, future of design, senior product designer insights</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0df041b0/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 Super Important Things to do When Looking to Relocate as a Product Designer</title>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>3 Super Important Things to do When Looking to Relocate as a Product Designer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">158830de-65e5-40c4-b976-a523011adbd5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>After last week's live portfolio review, Tyler and Nick continue where they left off and go deeper into the challenges designers face when trying to stand out in a global job market. They discuss what changes when you apply for design roles in another country and why most designers struggle.</p><p>They explain how to adapt your portfolio for a new region, why English mockups can make or break interviews, and how to use remote contracts as stepping stones toward relocation. They also cover when free work is smart, when it is not, and the red flags you must watch for before accepting an unpaid role.</p><p>If you want to work in another country and have no idea where to start, this episode gives you the practical steps to follow.</p><p><br>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why translating your UI mockups matters more than your resume<br>🔸 How to research design norms in the country where you want to work<br>🔸 Using remote roles as stepping stones toward relocation<br>🔸 When unpaid internships are smart and when they are a trap<br>🔸 The trust signals hiring managers need before sponsoring visas<br>🔸 How to build credibility without local experience<br>🔸 How to negotiate free work without being taken advantage of</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After last week's live portfolio review, Tyler and Nick continue where they left off and go deeper into the challenges designers face when trying to stand out in a global job market. They discuss what changes when you apply for design roles in another country and why most designers struggle.</p><p>They explain how to adapt your portfolio for a new region, why English mockups can make or break interviews, and how to use remote contracts as stepping stones toward relocation. They also cover when free work is smart, when it is not, and the red flags you must watch for before accepting an unpaid role.</p><p>If you want to work in another country and have no idea where to start, this episode gives you the practical steps to follow.</p><p><br>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why translating your UI mockups matters more than your resume<br>🔸 How to research design norms in the country where you want to work<br>🔸 Using remote roles as stepping stones toward relocation<br>🔸 When unpaid internships are smart and when they are a trap<br>🔸 The trust signals hiring managers need before sponsoring visas<br>🔸 How to build credibility without local experience<br>🔸 How to negotiate free work without being taken advantage of</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Dec 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/04fcc06d/f231df16.mp3" length="26984772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1685</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>After last week's live portfolio review, Tyler and Nick continue where they left off and go deeper into the challenges designers face when trying to stand out in a global job market. They discuss what changes when you apply for design roles in another country and why most designers struggle.</p><p>They explain how to adapt your portfolio for a new region, why English mockups can make or break interviews, and how to use remote contracts as stepping stones toward relocation. They also cover when free work is smart, when it is not, and the red flags you must watch for before accepting an unpaid role.</p><p>If you want to work in another country and have no idea where to start, this episode gives you the practical steps to follow.</p><p><br>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Why translating your UI mockups matters more than your resume<br>🔸 How to research design norms in the country where you want to work<br>🔸 Using remote roles as stepping stones toward relocation<br>🔸 When unpaid internships are smart and when they are a trap<br>🔸 The trust signals hiring managers need before sponsoring visas<br>🔸 How to build credibility without local experience<br>🔸 How to negotiate free work without being taken advantage of</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>uxdesign, productdesign, uxportfolio, portfolioreview, junioruxdesigner, designcareers, figma, uxui, userexperience, uxcase, designthinking, careeradvice, designjobs, hiringdesigners, designpodcast, thedesigntable</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04fcc06d/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>(Live) We Fix a Real UX Portfolio and Why Yours Is Not Getting You Hired</title>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>(Live) We Fix a Real UX Portfolio and Why Yours Is Not Getting You Hired</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c454149d-a644-43ef-84fe-a692a3a46a18</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick review and fix a real portfolio from a junior designer who is struggling to land interviews. You will see exactly what is holding him back and the specific changes that turn a forgettable portfolio into one that gets you hired.</p><p>They break down whether a Figma file can replace a traditional portfolio, the layout and writing issues that silently disqualify junior designers, and why UI alone is not enough to get hired.</p><p>You will learn how to present your work, what hiring managers actually look for, and the simplest changes that instantly make any portfolio feel senior.</p><p>If you are rewriting your case studies for the fifth time and still getting ignored, this is the most practical episode you will watch all year.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Fixing a real UX portfolio and the mistakes that sabotage it<br>🔸 Is a Figma prototype enough or do you need a website?<br>🔸 The UI spacing mistakes that expose beginners instantly<br>🔸 How to present your designs so reviewers do not skip your context<br>🔸 Why your case study language sounds weak and how to fix it<br>🔸 Using grids, copy, and real data to make work look professional<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and showing thinking<br>🔸 Why lorem ipsum portfolios get rejected before conversations even start</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick review and fix a real portfolio from a junior designer who is struggling to land interviews. You will see exactly what is holding him back and the specific changes that turn a forgettable portfolio into one that gets you hired.</p><p>They break down whether a Figma file can replace a traditional portfolio, the layout and writing issues that silently disqualify junior designers, and why UI alone is not enough to get hired.</p><p>You will learn how to present your work, what hiring managers actually look for, and the simplest changes that instantly make any portfolio feel senior.</p><p>If you are rewriting your case studies for the fifth time and still getting ignored, this is the most practical episode you will watch all year.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Fixing a real UX portfolio and the mistakes that sabotage it<br>🔸 Is a Figma prototype enough or do you need a website?<br>🔸 The UI spacing mistakes that expose beginners instantly<br>🔸 How to present your designs so reviewers do not skip your context<br>🔸 Why your case study language sounds weak and how to fix it<br>🔸 Using grids, copy, and real data to make work look professional<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and showing thinking<br>🔸 Why lorem ipsum portfolios get rejected before conversations even start</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Dec 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/01944c2a/cad2c88f.mp3" length="27671364" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1728</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick review and fix a real portfolio from a junior designer who is struggling to land interviews. You will see exactly what is holding him back and the specific changes that turn a forgettable portfolio into one that gets you hired.</p><p>They break down whether a Figma file can replace a traditional portfolio, the layout and writing issues that silently disqualify junior designers, and why UI alone is not enough to get hired.</p><p>You will learn how to present your work, what hiring managers actually look for, and the simplest changes that instantly make any portfolio feel senior.</p><p>If you are rewriting your case studies for the fifth time and still getting ignored, this is the most practical episode you will watch all year.</p><p>Here is what is on the table:<br>🔸 Fixing a real UX portfolio and the mistakes that sabotage it<br>🔸 Is a Figma prototype enough or do you need a website?<br>🔸 The UI spacing mistakes that expose beginners instantly<br>🔸 How to present your designs so reviewers do not skip your context<br>🔸 Why your case study language sounds weak and how to fix it<br>🔸 Using grids, copy, and real data to make work look professional<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and showing thinking<br>🔸 Why lorem ipsum portfolios get rejected before conversations even start</p><p><br>Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br><a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>uxdesign, productdesign, uxportfolio, portfolioreview, junioruxdesigner, designcareers, figma, uxui, userexperience, uxcase, designthinking, careeradvice, designjobs, hiringdesigners, designpodcast, thedesigntable</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01944c2a/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build a UX Portfolio That Actually Gets You Hired - Your Step-by-Step Approach (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Build a UX Portfolio That Actually Gets You Hired - Your Step-by-Step Approach (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b60cd9d6-6b10-4430-8ddb-eaae7b4de3e3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In Part 2 of our UX Portfolio Episodes, Tyler and Nick go one step deeper. They break down portfolio strategy, case study structure, personal branding, and whether junior designers should create free work to build real experience (or not).</p><p>This episode explores what separates forgettable portfolios from the ones that open doors. Tyler and Nick find out how to niche yourself when you don’t have experience, how to craft a “business impact” narrative even as a beginner, and the psychology behind great case study titles. They also share how to use video to stand out, how to collect testimonials early, and why your portfolio should be built iteratively instead of in one giant, painful launch. </p><p>They finish with a conversation about free projects: the myths, the risks, the benefits, and how to use them strategically to build real case studies that don’t feel fake or bootcamp-manufactured.</p><p>This episode gives you a clear roadmap forward if you're stuck rewriting your portfolio for the 5th time, unsure what to niche into, or struggling to show credibility without job experience.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 2:<br>🔸 Should junior designers do free work? (And how to do it strategically)<br>🔸 Fake projects vs. real projects — what recruiters think<br>🔸 How to niche yourself when you have zero experience<br>🔸 Case study storytelling that signals senior-level thinking<br>🔸 How to build a “testimonial bank” early in your career<br>🔸 Why your portfolio should launch at version 0.5, not 1.0<br>🔸 How video intros &amp; thank-you pages convert better than text<br>🔸 Showing how you think, not just what you designed<br>🔸 Aligning your entire personal brand under one clear message</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In Part 2 of our UX Portfolio Episodes, Tyler and Nick go one step deeper. They break down portfolio strategy, case study structure, personal branding, and whether junior designers should create free work to build real experience (or not).</p><p>This episode explores what separates forgettable portfolios from the ones that open doors. Tyler and Nick find out how to niche yourself when you don’t have experience, how to craft a “business impact” narrative even as a beginner, and the psychology behind great case study titles. They also share how to use video to stand out, how to collect testimonials early, and why your portfolio should be built iteratively instead of in one giant, painful launch. </p><p>They finish with a conversation about free projects: the myths, the risks, the benefits, and how to use them strategically to build real case studies that don’t feel fake or bootcamp-manufactured.</p><p>This episode gives you a clear roadmap forward if you're stuck rewriting your portfolio for the 5th time, unsure what to niche into, or struggling to show credibility without job experience.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 2:<br>🔸 Should junior designers do free work? (And how to do it strategically)<br>🔸 Fake projects vs. real projects — what recruiters think<br>🔸 How to niche yourself when you have zero experience<br>🔸 Case study storytelling that signals senior-level thinking<br>🔸 How to build a “testimonial bank” early in your career<br>🔸 Why your portfolio should launch at version 0.5, not 1.0<br>🔸 How video intros &amp; thank-you pages convert better than text<br>🔸 Showing how you think, not just what you designed<br>🔸 Aligning your entire personal brand under one clear message</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2537ab1e/64a7be21.mp3" length="21128758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1319</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In Part 2 of our UX Portfolio Episodes, Tyler and Nick go one step deeper. They break down portfolio strategy, case study structure, personal branding, and whether junior designers should create free work to build real experience (or not).</p><p>This episode explores what separates forgettable portfolios from the ones that open doors. Tyler and Nick find out how to niche yourself when you don’t have experience, how to craft a “business impact” narrative even as a beginner, and the psychology behind great case study titles. They also share how to use video to stand out, how to collect testimonials early, and why your portfolio should be built iteratively instead of in one giant, painful launch. </p><p>They finish with a conversation about free projects: the myths, the risks, the benefits, and how to use them strategically to build real case studies that don’t feel fake or bootcamp-manufactured.</p><p>This episode gives you a clear roadmap forward if you're stuck rewriting your portfolio for the 5th time, unsure what to niche into, or struggling to show credibility without job experience.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 2:<br>🔸 Should junior designers do free work? (And how to do it strategically)<br>🔸 Fake projects vs. real projects — what recruiters think<br>🔸 How to niche yourself when you have zero experience<br>🔸 Case study storytelling that signals senior-level thinking<br>🔸 How to build a “testimonial bank” early in your career<br>🔸 Why your portfolio should launch at version 0.5, not 1.0<br>🔸 How video intros &amp; thank-you pages convert better than text<br>🔸 Showing how you think, not just what you designed<br>🔸 Aligning your entire personal brand under one clear message</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UX case study tips, UX portfolio strategy, UX free work, should designers do free work, UX case study tutorial, junior designer portfolio tips, how to niche as a designer, UX portfolio positioning, product design case study, UX portfolio storytelling, UX case study structure, how to write a UX case study, UX portfolio examples, UX career advice, breaking into UX, UX designer job search, portfolio testimonials, how to get design clients, UX freelancer starting out, design portfolio improvement, designer personal branding, UX video portfolio tips, design table podcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2537ab1e/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build a UX Portfolio That Actually Gets You Hired - Theory &amp; Best Practices (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Build a UX Portfolio That Actually Gets You Hired - Theory &amp; Best Practices (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14ecbc9e-ce0b-4d78-9a2d-d1bcf0eb3205</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the one thing every product designer struggles with the most: creating a portfolio that actually gets interviews, callbacks, and job offers.</p><p>Most designers ship portfolios that read like academic essays. They're too long, too vague, too generic, and way too similar to everyone else’s. Even great designers get ignored because their hero section, titles, and case studies fail to communicate what hiring managers actually care about.</p><p>Tyler and Nick walk through why portfolios miss the mark, how recruiters skim your site (in less than 2 minutes), and the step-by-step structure of a high-conversion portfolio. Everything comes by from your H1 to your footer.</p><p>They also cover niching vs. generalizing, how to stand out in a crowded market, what your case study titles really need to say, and how to communicate business impact without sounding like a template (and everyone else). </p><p>If you’re a junior designer, in a bootcamp, applying for your first product job, or rebuilding your portfolio after months of ghosting… this episode will save you weeks of trial and error, frustration, and burn out.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 1:<br>🔸 Why most UX portfolios are way too long (and what to cut)<br>🔸 The hero section formula that gets you interviews<br>🔸 How hiring managers actually scan portfolios<br>🔸 Why generic “I’m a UX designer” intros kill your chances<br>🔸 Positioning yourself without locking into one industry<br>🔸 How to write case study titles that show business impact<br>🔸 Treating your homepage like a sales page<br>🔸 Using social proof &amp; storytelling to stand out<br>🔸 Why messaging must be consistent across your entire brand</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the one thing every product designer struggles with the most: creating a portfolio that actually gets interviews, callbacks, and job offers.</p><p>Most designers ship portfolios that read like academic essays. They're too long, too vague, too generic, and way too similar to everyone else’s. Even great designers get ignored because their hero section, titles, and case studies fail to communicate what hiring managers actually care about.</p><p>Tyler and Nick walk through why portfolios miss the mark, how recruiters skim your site (in less than 2 minutes), and the step-by-step structure of a high-conversion portfolio. Everything comes by from your H1 to your footer.</p><p>They also cover niching vs. generalizing, how to stand out in a crowded market, what your case study titles really need to say, and how to communicate business impact without sounding like a template (and everyone else). </p><p>If you’re a junior designer, in a bootcamp, applying for your first product job, or rebuilding your portfolio after months of ghosting… this episode will save you weeks of trial and error, frustration, and burn out.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 1:<br>🔸 Why most UX portfolios are way too long (and what to cut)<br>🔸 The hero section formula that gets you interviews<br>🔸 How hiring managers actually scan portfolios<br>🔸 Why generic “I’m a UX designer” intros kill your chances<br>🔸 Positioning yourself without locking into one industry<br>🔸 How to write case study titles that show business impact<br>🔸 Treating your homepage like a sales page<br>🔸 Using social proof &amp; storytelling to stand out<br>🔸 Why messaging must be consistent across your entire brand</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Nov 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d3a2e836/f9ea18c5.mp3" length="28845238" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1801</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the one thing every product designer struggles with the most: creating a portfolio that actually gets interviews, callbacks, and job offers.</p><p>Most designers ship portfolios that read like academic essays. They're too long, too vague, too generic, and way too similar to everyone else’s. Even great designers get ignored because their hero section, titles, and case studies fail to communicate what hiring managers actually care about.</p><p>Tyler and Nick walk through why portfolios miss the mark, how recruiters skim your site (in less than 2 minutes), and the step-by-step structure of a high-conversion portfolio. Everything comes by from your H1 to your footer.</p><p>They also cover niching vs. generalizing, how to stand out in a crowded market, what your case study titles really need to say, and how to communicate business impact without sounding like a template (and everyone else). </p><p>If you’re a junior designer, in a bootcamp, applying for your first product job, or rebuilding your portfolio after months of ghosting… this episode will save you weeks of trial and error, frustration, and burn out.</p><p>Here is what’s on the table in Part 1:<br>🔸 Why most UX portfolios are way too long (and what to cut)<br>🔸 The hero section formula that gets you interviews<br>🔸 How hiring managers actually scan portfolios<br>🔸 Why generic “I’m a UX designer” intros kill your chances<br>🔸 Positioning yourself without locking into one industry<br>🔸 How to write case study titles that show business impact<br>🔸 Treating your homepage like a sales page<br>🔸 Using social proof &amp; storytelling to stand out<br>🔸 Why messaging must be consistent across your entire brand</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UX portfolio, UX portfolio tips, UX case study, UX designer portfolio, product design portfolio, junior UX designer portfolio, UX portfolio mistakes, how to build a UX portfolio, UX portfolio review, UX design careers, how to get a UX job, UX job search, portfolio that gets you hired, UX portfolio structure, UX case study examples, UX hiring manager tips, product designer portfolio tips, design portfolio guide, UX bootcamp portfolio, improve your portfolio, UX beginner portfolio, UX resume and portfolio, how to stand out as a designer, design table podcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d3a2e836/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>(Live) Senior Product Designers Solve a Real User Adoption Problem</title>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>(Live) Senior Product Designers Solve a Real User Adoption Problem</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1fc07f2f-e59a-4912-aa52-12e047f13719</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick attempt something different: a live, real-time brainstorm where two senior product designers tackle an actual business problem — low feature adoption and poor upgrade conversion.</p><p>Companies keep shipping features that barely anyone uses. New tiers launch and… crickets. PMs blame “awareness” while designers blame “UX,” marketing blames “messaging,” and leadership wonders why revenue isn’t moving.</p><p>Tyler and Nick figure out why this happens, why most teams under-invest in feature communication, and how design, product, and marketing can work together to drive meaningful adoption without becoming sleazy or spammy.</p><p>They walk through upsell flow strategy, segmentation, in-app nudges, email sequencing, pricing psychology, ROI calculators, freemium tier traps, and how designers can get more comfortable with selling — because no one upgrades on accident.</p><p>If you work in SaaS, design for B2C or B2B, or you’ve ever launched a feature that landed with a sad thud… this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why “great features” still fail to get adoption<br>🔸 The biggest gap between feature design &amp; feature awareness<br>🔸 How to avoid sounding salesy while still driving upgrades<br>🔸 Segmentation: who to upsell and when<br>🔸 The underrated power of email sequences for product teams<br>🔸 In-app education that actually works (and doesn’t annoy users)<br>🔸 How pricing, tiers, and value ladders influence upgrades<br>🔸 Why ROI calculators convert better than feature pages<br>🔸 What designers must learn from sales teams<br>🔸 How to build user advocates &amp; power users intentionally</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Intro<br>00:32 The business problem we’re solving<br>01:54 B2C vs. B2B and how upgrades actually happen<br>03:50 Why awareness is the missing link<br>05:04 The disconnect between “we built it” and “users found it”<br>07:38 How to scorecard your adoption levers<br>10:07 The email sequencing mistake every product team makes<br>12:55 Building relationships vs. blasting announcements<br>17:00 Pricing tiers, value ladders &amp; usage ceilings<br>21:56 When upgrades fail because value isn’t communicated<br>24:55 ROI examples (Zapier, time saved, etc.)<br>29:18 The role of in-app nudges, limits &amp; locked features<br>34:57 Segmentation and timing your upsells<br>36:50 Avoiding pop-up overload<br>40:23 Webinars, product events &amp; hype building<br>45:07 Discounts, loyalty, advocates &amp; power-user programs<br>50:16 Stop being afraid to “sell” as a product designer<br>53:10 Next episode teaser: The Portfolio Mastermind</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>👉 https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick attempt something different: a live, real-time brainstorm where two senior product designers tackle an actual business problem — low feature adoption and poor upgrade conversion.</p><p>Companies keep shipping features that barely anyone uses. New tiers launch and… crickets. PMs blame “awareness” while designers blame “UX,” marketing blames “messaging,” and leadership wonders why revenue isn’t moving.</p><p>Tyler and Nick figure out why this happens, why most teams under-invest in feature communication, and how design, product, and marketing can work together to drive meaningful adoption without becoming sleazy or spammy.</p><p>They walk through upsell flow strategy, segmentation, in-app nudges, email sequencing, pricing psychology, ROI calculators, freemium tier traps, and how designers can get more comfortable with selling — because no one upgrades on accident.</p><p>If you work in SaaS, design for B2C or B2B, or you’ve ever launched a feature that landed with a sad thud… this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why “great features” still fail to get adoption<br>🔸 The biggest gap between feature design &amp; feature awareness<br>🔸 How to avoid sounding salesy while still driving upgrades<br>🔸 Segmentation: who to upsell and when<br>🔸 The underrated power of email sequences for product teams<br>🔸 In-app education that actually works (and doesn’t annoy users)<br>🔸 How pricing, tiers, and value ladders influence upgrades<br>🔸 Why ROI calculators convert better than feature pages<br>🔸 What designers must learn from sales teams<br>🔸 How to build user advocates &amp; power users intentionally</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Intro<br>00:32 The business problem we’re solving<br>01:54 B2C vs. B2B and how upgrades actually happen<br>03:50 Why awareness is the missing link<br>05:04 The disconnect between “we built it” and “users found it”<br>07:38 How to scorecard your adoption levers<br>10:07 The email sequencing mistake every product team makes<br>12:55 Building relationships vs. blasting announcements<br>17:00 Pricing tiers, value ladders &amp; usage ceilings<br>21:56 When upgrades fail because value isn’t communicated<br>24:55 ROI examples (Zapier, time saved, etc.)<br>29:18 The role of in-app nudges, limits &amp; locked features<br>34:57 Segmentation and timing your upsells<br>36:50 Avoiding pop-up overload<br>40:23 Webinars, product events &amp; hype building<br>45:07 Discounts, loyalty, advocates &amp; power-user programs<br>50:16 Stop being afraid to “sell” as a product designer<br>53:10 Next episode teaser: The Portfolio Mastermind</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>👉 https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Nov 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/73751f15/822ad739.mp3" length="50972080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3184</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick attempt something different: a live, real-time brainstorm where two senior product designers tackle an actual business problem — low feature adoption and poor upgrade conversion.</p><p>Companies keep shipping features that barely anyone uses. New tiers launch and… crickets. PMs blame “awareness” while designers blame “UX,” marketing blames “messaging,” and leadership wonders why revenue isn’t moving.</p><p>Tyler and Nick figure out why this happens, why most teams under-invest in feature communication, and how design, product, and marketing can work together to drive meaningful adoption without becoming sleazy or spammy.</p><p>They walk through upsell flow strategy, segmentation, in-app nudges, email sequencing, pricing psychology, ROI calculators, freemium tier traps, and how designers can get more comfortable with selling — because no one upgrades on accident.</p><p>If you work in SaaS, design for B2C or B2B, or you’ve ever launched a feature that landed with a sad thud… this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why “great features” still fail to get adoption<br>🔸 The biggest gap between feature design &amp; feature awareness<br>🔸 How to avoid sounding salesy while still driving upgrades<br>🔸 Segmentation: who to upsell and when<br>🔸 The underrated power of email sequences for product teams<br>🔸 In-app education that actually works (and doesn’t annoy users)<br>🔸 How pricing, tiers, and value ladders influence upgrades<br>🔸 Why ROI calculators convert better than feature pages<br>🔸 What designers must learn from sales teams<br>🔸 How to build user advocates &amp; power users intentionally</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Intro<br>00:32 The business problem we’re solving<br>01:54 B2C vs. B2B and how upgrades actually happen<br>03:50 Why awareness is the missing link<br>05:04 The disconnect between “we built it” and “users found it”<br>07:38 How to scorecard your adoption levers<br>10:07 The email sequencing mistake every product team makes<br>12:55 Building relationships vs. blasting announcements<br>17:00 Pricing tiers, value ladders &amp; usage ceilings<br>21:56 When upgrades fail because value isn’t communicated<br>24:55 ROI examples (Zapier, time saved, etc.)<br>29:18 The role of in-app nudges, limits &amp; locked features<br>34:57 Segmentation and timing your upsells<br>36:50 Avoiding pop-up overload<br>40:23 Webinars, product events &amp; hype building<br>45:07 Discounts, loyalty, advocates &amp; power-user programs<br>50:16 Stop being afraid to “sell” as a product designer<br>53:10 Next episode teaser: The Portfolio Mastermind</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br>👉 https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white<br>Nick: https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>product design live brainstorm, ux designers solve real problem, feature adoption strategy saas, how to increase feature adoption, product designers fix business problems, saas upgrade conversion strategies, why users dont upgrade tiers, in app upsell best practices, product design and revenue growth, ux strategy for feature launches, live product design session, driving user adoption in saas, improving upgrade conversion rates, tiered pricing product strategy, how to communicate feature value, b2c feature adoption tactics, email sequences for product teams, designers who understand business, roi driven product design, saas feature awareness strategy, product design, ux design, saas, feature adoption, conversions, product strategy, upgrade flow, ux strategy, design thinking, b2c design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73751f15/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crucial Tips to Go from Product Design Graduate to Your First Product Design Job</title>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Crucial Tips to Go from Product Design Graduate to Your First Product Design Job</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f64ddf1-2719-44ac-8dc2-39e12376880a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the big gap between what UX education teaches you and what real product design work looks like on the job.</p><p>Most junior designers leave school excited to “help users” and “make the world a better place” only to slam face first into business goals, tech debt, and stakeholders who want results... well... yesterday.</p><p>Tyler and Nick compare their first jobs with what schools promise and share how new designers can overcome that gap faster. The conversation covers internships, design tools, stakeholder management, zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work, and why learning never stops.</p><p>If you are in school, in a bootcamp, or trying to break into product design… this episode will save you from a painful wake-up call.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 The common misconception every UX student has<br>🔸 The surprise reality of most entry design jobs<br>🔸 Zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work<br>🔸 What school should teach but does not<br>🔸 Why designers must care about revenue<br>🔸 Portfolio projects vs. actual feature work<br>🔸 How to learn faster once you get hired<br>🔸 The best way to network without being cringe<br>🔸 Should designers hop industries early in their career<br>🔸 Our pitch for a better UX education model</p><p><br>Chapters<br>00:00 Intro and jokes about Breaking Bad<br>01:12 Why do people want to become designers<br>02:39 When “helping users” meets revenue targets<br>05:20 School ideal vs corporate reality<br>09:50 Why the design process is rarely followed perfectly<br>12:55 Design education is too theoretical<br>18:40 Zero to one is not what you think<br>21:25 How design school should evolve<br>27:58 Why internships matter more than classes<br>33:19 The myth of picking the perfect industry<br>40:51 Automation skills and continuous learning<br>53:10 The one thing every new designer should do<br>54:25 How to build real relationships in the industry<br>57:20 A teaser for the next hands on episode</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the big gap between what UX education teaches you and what real product design work looks like on the job.</p><p>Most junior designers leave school excited to “help users” and “make the world a better place” only to slam face first into business goals, tech debt, and stakeholders who want results... well... yesterday.</p><p>Tyler and Nick compare their first jobs with what schools promise and share how new designers can overcome that gap faster. The conversation covers internships, design tools, stakeholder management, zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work, and why learning never stops.</p><p>If you are in school, in a bootcamp, or trying to break into product design… this episode will save you from a painful wake-up call.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 The common misconception every UX student has<br>🔸 The surprise reality of most entry design jobs<br>🔸 Zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work<br>🔸 What school should teach but does not<br>🔸 Why designers must care about revenue<br>🔸 Portfolio projects vs. actual feature work<br>🔸 How to learn faster once you get hired<br>🔸 The best way to network without being cringe<br>🔸 Should designers hop industries early in their career<br>🔸 Our pitch for a better UX education model</p><p><br>Chapters<br>00:00 Intro and jokes about Breaking Bad<br>01:12 Why do people want to become designers<br>02:39 When “helping users” meets revenue targets<br>05:20 School ideal vs corporate reality<br>09:50 Why the design process is rarely followed perfectly<br>12:55 Design education is too theoretical<br>18:40 Zero to one is not what you think<br>21:25 How design school should evolve<br>27:58 Why internships matter more than classes<br>33:19 The myth of picking the perfect industry<br>40:51 Automation skills and continuous learning<br>53:10 The one thing every new designer should do<br>54:25 How to build real relationships in the industry<br>57:20 A teaser for the next hands on episode</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Nov 2025 06:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5ccab1a8/b1d2e2e0.mp3" length="49616161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3099</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the big gap between what UX education teaches you and what real product design work looks like on the job.</p><p>Most junior designers leave school excited to “help users” and “make the world a better place” only to slam face first into business goals, tech debt, and stakeholders who want results... well... yesterday.</p><p>Tyler and Nick compare their first jobs with what schools promise and share how new designers can overcome that gap faster. The conversation covers internships, design tools, stakeholder management, zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work, and why learning never stops.</p><p>If you are in school, in a bootcamp, or trying to break into product design… this episode will save you from a painful wake-up call.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 The common misconception every UX student has<br>🔸 The surprise reality of most entry design jobs<br>🔸 Zero-to-one vs. one-to-a-hundred design work<br>🔸 What school should teach but does not<br>🔸 Why designers must care about revenue<br>🔸 Portfolio projects vs. actual feature work<br>🔸 How to learn faster once you get hired<br>🔸 The best way to network without being cringe<br>🔸 Should designers hop industries early in their career<br>🔸 Our pitch for a better UX education model</p><p><br>Chapters<br>00:00 Intro and jokes about Breaking Bad<br>01:12 Why do people want to become designers<br>02:39 When “helping users” meets revenue targets<br>05:20 School ideal vs corporate reality<br>09:50 Why the design process is rarely followed perfectly<br>12:55 Design education is too theoretical<br>18:40 Zero to one is not what you think<br>21:25 How design school should evolve<br>27:58 Why internships matter more than classes<br>33:19 The myth of picking the perfect industry<br>40:51 Automation skills and continuous learning<br>53:10 The one thing every new designer should do<br>54:25 How to build real relationships in the industry<br>57:20 A teaser for the next hands on episode</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>ux career, ux school, ux bootcamp, product design education, designer career advice, learn ux design, junior product designer, first ux job, design school vs real world, ux portfolio tips, design mentorship, breaking into ux, ux networking, ux internships, how to become a ux designer, ux podcast, product design podcast, The Design Table Podcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ccab1a8/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why UX Coaching is the Shortcut Your Design Career Needs</title>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why UX Coaching is the Shortcut Your Design Career Needs</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5298e84-730c-4a2c-878e-2f7515c326a3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick figure out the hard truth about why so many UX and product designers struggle to get hired.</p><p>Hint: it is not your (lack of) Figma skills.</p><p>They discuss best practices and advice from their experience as UX coaches. From confidence gaps to portfolios that all look the same to the finding out that design careers are built through stakeholders and users instead of pixels, they share the mindset and strategy that actually moves you forward in your product design career.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused product design experience while Nick shares the wins and failures that shaped his coaching style. Together, they talk through what stops designers from leveling up and how the right support can accelerate your career growth.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why most designers get stuck in the middle and how to break out<br>🔸 The career advice we wish someone gave us before our first job<br>🔸 Why coaching works better than another bootcamp<br>🔸 The confidence unlock that helps you interview like you belong<br>🔸 Common portfolio traps that keep you getting ghosted<br>🔸 Networking moves that actually lead to job offers<br>🔸 Why paying for help finally makes you take your career seriously<br>🔸 Senior designer skills you can start using right now<br>🔸 How to stop presenting like an order taker<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and selling outcomes</p><p>🔗 Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome to the chaos<br>02:00 The real blockers in most design careers<br>05:40 Tyler almost gets fired straight out of school<br>11:20 Nick survives the fastest rejection ever<br>14:30 Why goals come before portfolios<br>20:50 The storytelling gap holding designers back<br>26:10 The networking strategy that makes life easier<br>36:40 Agency vs in house growth paths<br>48:10 Coaching is not therapy but it feels close<br>56:00 Our shameless plug to get help if you need it</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick:<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick figure out the hard truth about why so many UX and product designers struggle to get hired.</p><p>Hint: it is not your (lack of) Figma skills.</p><p>They discuss best practices and advice from their experience as UX coaches. From confidence gaps to portfolios that all look the same to the finding out that design careers are built through stakeholders and users instead of pixels, they share the mindset and strategy that actually moves you forward in your product design career.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused product design experience while Nick shares the wins and failures that shaped his coaching style. Together, they talk through what stops designers from leveling up and how the right support can accelerate your career growth.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why most designers get stuck in the middle and how to break out<br>🔸 The career advice we wish someone gave us before our first job<br>🔸 Why coaching works better than another bootcamp<br>🔸 The confidence unlock that helps you interview like you belong<br>🔸 Common portfolio traps that keep you getting ghosted<br>🔸 Networking moves that actually lead to job offers<br>🔸 Why paying for help finally makes you take your career seriously<br>🔸 Senior designer skills you can start using right now<br>🔸 How to stop presenting like an order taker<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and selling outcomes</p><p>🔗 Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome to the chaos<br>02:00 The real blockers in most design careers<br>05:40 Tyler almost gets fired straight out of school<br>11:20 Nick survives the fastest rejection ever<br>14:30 Why goals come before portfolios<br>20:50 The storytelling gap holding designers back<br>26:10 The networking strategy that makes life easier<br>36:40 Agency vs in house growth paths<br>48:10 Coaching is not therapy but it feels close<br>56:00 Our shameless plug to get help if you need it</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick:<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Oct 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/062a6f08/19c5434d.mp3" length="50990124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick figure out the hard truth about why so many UX and product designers struggle to get hired.</p><p>Hint: it is not your (lack of) Figma skills.</p><p>They discuss best practices and advice from their experience as UX coaches. From confidence gaps to portfolios that all look the same to the finding out that design careers are built through stakeholders and users instead of pixels, they share the mindset and strategy that actually moves you forward in your product design career.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused product design experience while Nick shares the wins and failures that shaped his coaching style. Together, they talk through what stops designers from leveling up and how the right support can accelerate your career growth.</p><p>Here is what is on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why most designers get stuck in the middle and how to break out<br>🔸 The career advice we wish someone gave us before our first job<br>🔸 Why coaching works better than another bootcamp<br>🔸 The confidence unlock that helps you interview like you belong<br>🔸 Common portfolio traps that keep you getting ghosted<br>🔸 Networking moves that actually lead to job offers<br>🔸 Why paying for help finally makes you take your career seriously<br>🔸 Senior designer skills you can start using right now<br>🔸 How to stop presenting like an order taker<br>🔸 The difference between showing screens and selling outcomes</p><p>🔗 Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome to the chaos<br>02:00 The real blockers in most design careers<br>05:40 Tyler almost gets fired straight out of school<br>11:20 Nick survives the fastest rejection ever<br>14:30 Why goals come before portfolios<br>20:50 The storytelling gap holding designers back<br>26:10 The networking strategy that makes life easier<br>36:40 Agency vs in house growth paths<br>48:10 Coaching is not therapy but it feels close<br>56:00 Our shameless plug to get help if you need it</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast<br> 👉 <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe</a></p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick:<br>Tyler: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br>Nick: <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UX career growth,  Product design coaching,  UX portfolio tips,  How to get a design job,  UX interview advice,  Design career strategy,  UX job search help,  Product designer skills,  How to become a senior designer,  UX mentorship</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/062a6f08/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>10 Years of Conversion Secrets: UX Design Hacks That Actually Make Money</title>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>10 Years of Conversion Secrets: UX Design Hacks That Actually Make Money</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d6316d8-bdd6-4feb-aa2a-a60eb82cb532</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick share conversion optimization secrets they've learned over their combined 20 years of design experience.</p><p>From the psychology behind high-converting ads to the small tweaks that always boost your landing page performance, they share the tactics that have moved the needle for many of the design projects they've worked on before.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused design expertise while Nick shares insights from his freelance conversion projects. Together, they discuss the entire customer journey from first ad impression to final checkout while revealing which design decisions actually drive revenue and which "best practices" might be holding you back.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why banner blindness is real and how to design ads that stop the scroll<br>🔸 The retargeting funnel strategy (and why you need multiple touchpoints to convert)<br>🔸 Landing page copy secrets that matter most<br>🔸 The unexpected checkout experiment that boosted conversions<br>🔸 Why the ugliest ads often convert the best<br>🔸 When to make landing pages longer vs. shorter<br>🔸 A/B testing strategies that give you a "raise every week"<br>🔸 PayPal integration and the 20% conversion lift it used to provide<br>🔸 Upselling: helpful suggestions vs. dark patterns<br>🔸 The biggest mistake designers make with progressive disclosure<br>🔸 Why user research beats design intuition every time<br>🔸 Trust signals to build credibility during checkout</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick share conversion optimization secrets they've learned over their combined 20 years of design experience.</p><p>From the psychology behind high-converting ads to the small tweaks that always boost your landing page performance, they share the tactics that have moved the needle for many of the design projects they've worked on before.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused design expertise while Nick shares insights from his freelance conversion projects. Together, they discuss the entire customer journey from first ad impression to final checkout while revealing which design decisions actually drive revenue and which "best practices" might be holding you back.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why banner blindness is real and how to design ads that stop the scroll<br>🔸 The retargeting funnel strategy (and why you need multiple touchpoints to convert)<br>🔸 Landing page copy secrets that matter most<br>🔸 The unexpected checkout experiment that boosted conversions<br>🔸 Why the ugliest ads often convert the best<br>🔸 When to make landing pages longer vs. shorter<br>🔸 A/B testing strategies that give you a "raise every week"<br>🔸 PayPal integration and the 20% conversion lift it used to provide<br>🔸 Upselling: helpful suggestions vs. dark patterns<br>🔸 The biggest mistake designers make with progressive disclosure<br>🔸 Why user research beats design intuition every time<br>🔸 Trust signals to build credibility during checkout</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Oct 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/78fcbacd/503b9f0c.mp3" length="45471293" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2840</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick share conversion optimization secrets they've learned over their combined 20 years of design experience.</p><p>From the psychology behind high-converting ads to the small tweaks that always boost your landing page performance, they share the tactics that have moved the needle for many of the design projects they've worked on before.</p><p>Tyler brings his ROI-focused design expertise while Nick shares insights from his freelance conversion projects. Together, they discuss the entire customer journey from first ad impression to final checkout while revealing which design decisions actually drive revenue and which "best practices" might be holding you back.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why banner blindness is real and how to design ads that stop the scroll<br>🔸 The retargeting funnel strategy (and why you need multiple touchpoints to convert)<br>🔸 Landing page copy secrets that matter most<br>🔸 The unexpected checkout experiment that boosted conversions<br>🔸 Why the ugliest ads often convert the best<br>🔸 When to make landing pages longer vs. shorter<br>🔸 A/B testing strategies that give you a "raise every week"<br>🔸 PayPal integration and the 20% conversion lift it used to provide<br>🔸 Upselling: helpful suggestions vs. dark patterns<br>🔸 The biggest mistake designers make with progressive disclosure<br>🔸 Why user research beats design intuition every time<br>🔸 Trust signals to build credibility during checkout</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/subscribe">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>conversion rate optimization, CRO design, landing page design, ad design, checkout optimization, A/B testing, user experience design, ROI design, conversion funnel, retargeting strategy, trust signals, ecommerce design, SaaS design, marketing design, sales funnel design, user research, design psychology, behavioral design, growth design, revenue optimization, business metrics, design ROI, conversion hacks, performance design, digital marketing, design strategy, UX optimization, product design, web design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/78fcbacd/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Design Mythbusters: 6 UX Myths That Hold Designers Back in 2025</title>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Design Mythbusters: 6 UX Myths That Hold Designers Back in 2025</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b4197e35-0b47-48f0-b4be-14f317786170</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick become the "Design Mythbusters" and tackle the biggest misconceptions about UX design that both designers and non-designers believe.</p><p>From the idea that UX is just about making things pretty to the pressure of getting everything right the first time, they bust (or confirm) myths that hold you back in your design career.</p><p>Tyler shares his perspective as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick brings his freelance experience to debunk these widespread beliefs. </p><p>They explore myths from both sides; what stakeholders wrongly believe about designers, but also what designers tell themselves that creates unnecessary stress and limitations.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why "UX is just about making things pretty" isn't wrong<br>🔸 The myth that UX designers create "delightful" experiences<br>🔸 Why you don't need to get everything right the first time<br>🔸 The accessibility myth of "we haven't heard any complaints"<br>🔸 How to balance pretty AND useful design<br>🔸 Why UX designers don't hold all the keys to user experience<br>🔸 The pressure to shoulder all responsibility for design decisions<br>🔸 Case study number inflation and why 2% improvements are impressive<br>🔸 The "it depends" answer and when it's actually helpful<br>🔸 Whether you need a traditional art background to be a UX designer<br>🔸 How AI myths are creating unnecessary fear in the design community</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick become the "Design Mythbusters" and tackle the biggest misconceptions about UX design that both designers and non-designers believe.</p><p>From the idea that UX is just about making things pretty to the pressure of getting everything right the first time, they bust (or confirm) myths that hold you back in your design career.</p><p>Tyler shares his perspective as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick brings his freelance experience to debunk these widespread beliefs. </p><p>They explore myths from both sides; what stakeholders wrongly believe about designers, but also what designers tell themselves that creates unnecessary stress and limitations.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why "UX is just about making things pretty" isn't wrong<br>🔸 The myth that UX designers create "delightful" experiences<br>🔸 Why you don't need to get everything right the first time<br>🔸 The accessibility myth of "we haven't heard any complaints"<br>🔸 How to balance pretty AND useful design<br>🔸 Why UX designers don't hold all the keys to user experience<br>🔸 The pressure to shoulder all responsibility for design decisions<br>🔸 Case study number inflation and why 2% improvements are impressive<br>🔸 The "it depends" answer and when it's actually helpful<br>🔸 Whether you need a traditional art background to be a UX designer<br>🔸 How AI myths are creating unnecessary fear in the design community</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7b603266/fdc1e9eb.mp3" length="50105396" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3130</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick become the "Design Mythbusters" and tackle the biggest misconceptions about UX design that both designers and non-designers believe.</p><p>From the idea that UX is just about making things pretty to the pressure of getting everything right the first time, they bust (or confirm) myths that hold you back in your design career.</p><p>Tyler shares his perspective as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick brings his freelance experience to debunk these widespread beliefs. </p><p>They explore myths from both sides; what stakeholders wrongly believe about designers, but also what designers tell themselves that creates unnecessary stress and limitations.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why "UX is just about making things pretty" isn't wrong<br>🔸 The myth that UX designers create "delightful" experiences<br>🔸 Why you don't need to get everything right the first time<br>🔸 The accessibility myth of "we haven't heard any complaints"<br>🔸 How to balance pretty AND useful design<br>🔸 Why UX designers don't hold all the keys to user experience<br>🔸 The pressure to shoulder all responsibility for design decisions<br>🔸 Case study number inflation and why 2% improvements are impressive<br>🔸 The "it depends" answer and when it's actually helpful<br>🔸 Whether you need a traditional art background to be a UX designer<br>🔸 How AI myths are creating unnecessary fear in the design community</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UX myths, design myths, UX misconceptions, design career advice, UX designer myths, product design myths, design education, stakeholder management, accessibility myths, design case studies, design metrics, ROI design, freelance design, in-house design, design psychology, user experience myths, design thinking, design process, design collaboration, design accountability, imposter syndrome, design portfolio, design interview tips, design industry, business goals design, dark patterns, design ethics, AI design myths, design tools, design skills</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b603266/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product Design Just Killed UX Design (What Roles to Look for Instead)</title>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Product Design Just Killed UX Design (What Roles to Look for Instead)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4bb1cd9c-5cbc-4567-b42c-f3a4338759be</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick are trying to untangle the confusing world of design job titles and their many, many variations. From UX designer to product designer to the emerging UX engineer role and everything inbetween.</p><p>They share what each title actually means, their differences, and how to survive the ever-changing landscape of design careers today.</p><p>Also, Tyler shares his experience as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick explains his approach as a freelancer who uses "UX and Product Designer" to catch different types of clients. They discuss the evolution from web designer to the current product design trend, and upcomgin roles like UX engineer that challenge the lines between design and development.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why Nick uses both "UX" and "Product" designer in his title (it's an SEO play)<br>🔸 How design titles evolved from web designer to today's product designer<br>🔸 The difference between UI, UX, and product design roles<br>🔸 Why larger companies need more specialized design roles<br>🔸 What service design and customer experience (CX) roles actually do<br>🔸 The rise of UX engineer and what it means for designers who code<br>🔸 How AI is helping designers learn development skills<br>🔸 Why "user" vs "customer" language matters more than you think<br>🔸 The Pokemon evolution of design careers (and what comes next)<br>🔸 Senior vs junior titles and how they affect your career progression</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick are trying to untangle the confusing world of design job titles and their many, many variations. From UX designer to product designer to the emerging UX engineer role and everything inbetween.</p><p>They share what each title actually means, their differences, and how to survive the ever-changing landscape of design careers today.</p><p>Also, Tyler shares his experience as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick explains his approach as a freelancer who uses "UX and Product Designer" to catch different types of clients. They discuss the evolution from web designer to the current product design trend, and upcomgin roles like UX engineer that challenge the lines between design and development.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why Nick uses both "UX" and "Product" designer in his title (it's an SEO play)<br>🔸 How design titles evolved from web designer to today's product designer<br>🔸 The difference between UI, UX, and product design roles<br>🔸 Why larger companies need more specialized design roles<br>🔸 What service design and customer experience (CX) roles actually do<br>🔸 The rise of UX engineer and what it means for designers who code<br>🔸 How AI is helping designers learn development skills<br>🔸 Why "user" vs "customer" language matters more than you think<br>🔸 The Pokemon evolution of design careers (and what comes next)<br>🔸 Senior vs junior titles and how they affect your career progression</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3c19b8ec/aada450e.mp3" length="54491459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3404</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick are trying to untangle the confusing world of design job titles and their many, many variations. From UX designer to product designer to the emerging UX engineer role and everything inbetween.</p><p>They share what each title actually means, their differences, and how to survive the ever-changing landscape of design careers today.</p><p>Also, Tyler shares his experience as a senior product designer in-house, while Nick explains his approach as a freelancer who uses "UX and Product Designer" to catch different types of clients. They discuss the evolution from web designer to the current product design trend, and upcomgin roles like UX engineer that challenge the lines between design and development.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why Nick uses both "UX" and "Product" designer in his title (it's an SEO play)<br>🔸 How design titles evolved from web designer to today's product designer<br>🔸 The difference between UI, UX, and product design roles<br>🔸 Why larger companies need more specialized design roles<br>🔸 What service design and customer experience (CX) roles actually do<br>🔸 The rise of UX engineer and what it means for designers who code<br>🔸 How AI is helping designers learn development skills<br>🔸 Why "user" vs "customer" language matters more than you think<br>🔸 The Pokemon evolution of design careers (and what comes next)<br>🔸 Senior vs junior titles and how they affect your career progression</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>UX designer, product designer, UI designer, UX engineer, design job titles, design careers, freelance designer, in-house designer, service design, customer experience, user experience, design strategy, AI for designers, design development, React, coding for designers, career advice, design interview, job search, resume tips, design roles, startup design, enterprise design, design evolution, web designer, frontend development, design skills, design industry, portfolio advice, design leadership, design management</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c19b8ec/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Product Design Is Actually Like (It's Not What Social Media Tells You)</title>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Product Design Is Actually Like (It's Not What Social Media Tells You)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17972bc6-6f16-4a7b-bc87-381d51c085a6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about the actual day-to-day of being a product designer and how it is very different from what social media tells you.</p><p>One's an in-house designer while the other is a freelancer. Both have over a decade of on-the-job design experience. Together, they discuss how AI creates overlap between design, product, and engineering, and why good design often looks like you're doing nothing at all.</p><p>They also share what real design-client collaboration looks like, how to stay strategic without losing your momentum, and what to do when your best design work gets shelved by stakeholders.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in the rest of the episode.</p><p>🔸 What your job actually is as a product designer<br>🔸 The hidden work behind design decisions<br>🔸 How to collaborate across product, design, and engineering<br>🔸 Why most “bad design” is just the result of unclear priorities<br>🔸 The myth of pixel-perfect design in real teams<br>🔸 How to handle feedback from non-design stakeholders<br>🔸 What separates strategic designers from execution-only roles<br>🔸 How to protect your energy and sanity as a designer</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about the actual day-to-day of being a product designer and how it is very different from what social media tells you.</p><p>One's an in-house designer while the other is a freelancer. Both have over a decade of on-the-job design experience. Together, they discuss how AI creates overlap between design, product, and engineering, and why good design often looks like you're doing nothing at all.</p><p>They also share what real design-client collaboration looks like, how to stay strategic without losing your momentum, and what to do when your best design work gets shelved by stakeholders.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in the rest of the episode.</p><p>🔸 What your job actually is as a product designer<br>🔸 The hidden work behind design decisions<br>🔸 How to collaborate across product, design, and engineering<br>🔸 Why most “bad design” is just the result of unclear priorities<br>🔸 The myth of pixel-perfect design in real teams<br>🔸 How to handle feedback from non-design stakeholders<br>🔸 What separates strategic designers from execution-only roles<br>🔸 How to protect your energy and sanity as a designer</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Sep 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d59081e5/2b24f668.mp3" length="48133564" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3006</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about the actual day-to-day of being a product designer and how it is very different from what social media tells you.</p><p>One's an in-house designer while the other is a freelancer. Both have over a decade of on-the-job design experience. Together, they discuss how AI creates overlap between design, product, and engineering, and why good design often looks like you're doing nothing at all.</p><p>They also share what real design-client collaboration looks like, how to stay strategic without losing your momentum, and what to do when your best design work gets shelved by stakeholders.</p><p>Here's what's on the table in the rest of the episode.</p><p>🔸 What your job actually is as a product designer<br>🔸 The hidden work behind design decisions<br>🔸 How to collaborate across product, design, and engineering<br>🔸 Why most “bad design” is just the result of unclear priorities<br>🔸 The myth of pixel-perfect design in real teams<br>🔸 How to handle feedback from non-design stakeholders<br>🔸 What separates strategic designers from execution-only roles<br>🔸 How to protect your energy and sanity as a designer</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#ProductDesign #UXLife #DesignWorkflow #CrossFunctional #BadDesign #DesignStrategy #DesignTeamwork #DesignPodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d59081e5/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Studying UX and Product Design is Worth It More Than Ever (for 2025 and beyond)</title>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Studying UX and Product Design is Worth It More Than Ever (for 2025 and beyond)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea262225-5233-497f-a978-9b26072f4ee9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the real answer to the question that’s been haunting LinkedIn threads, Reddit posts, and bootcamp Slack groups:</p><p>Is it still worth becoming a UX or product designer in 2025 and beyond?</p><p>They look back on their own (non-)traditional paths into product design, the current state of the industry, and how AI is changing design roles differently than what most people say on social media.</p><p>They also share what separates the top 10% of designers from the rest, how you can make it to be within that top 10%, and why most bootcamp portfolios are outdated from the start.</p><p>This episode's super useful for new designers, career-switchers, and anyone wondering if it’s still worth it to invest time, money, and energy into a formal design education when it feels like AI is going to replace it all.</p><p>🔸 An important skill no design school teaches: rejection tolerance<br>🔸 Why “just stand out” is both great advice and terrible advice<br>🔸 AI isn’t replacing designers (but lazy designers might self-replace)<br>🔸 How to evaluate design programs without falling for hype<br>🔸 Portfolio strategy: what actually gets you hired<br>🔸 Why some hiring managers say “there are hundreds of applicants, but no one good”<br>🔸 Fundamentals vs. tools: what matters in 2025<br>🔸 Personal branding, mentorship, and zooming out</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the real answer to the question that’s been haunting LinkedIn threads, Reddit posts, and bootcamp Slack groups:</p><p>Is it still worth becoming a UX or product designer in 2025 and beyond?</p><p>They look back on their own (non-)traditional paths into product design, the current state of the industry, and how AI is changing design roles differently than what most people say on social media.</p><p>They also share what separates the top 10% of designers from the rest, how you can make it to be within that top 10%, and why most bootcamp portfolios are outdated from the start.</p><p>This episode's super useful for new designers, career-switchers, and anyone wondering if it’s still worth it to invest time, money, and energy into a formal design education when it feels like AI is going to replace it all.</p><p>🔸 An important skill no design school teaches: rejection tolerance<br>🔸 Why “just stand out” is both great advice and terrible advice<br>🔸 AI isn’t replacing designers (but lazy designers might self-replace)<br>🔸 How to evaluate design programs without falling for hype<br>🔸 Portfolio strategy: what actually gets you hired<br>🔸 Why some hiring managers say “there are hundreds of applicants, but no one good”<br>🔸 Fundamentals vs. tools: what matters in 2025<br>🔸 Personal branding, mentorship, and zooming out</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Aug 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/74649bd2/78d196b8.mp3" length="51619498" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3224</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the real answer to the question that’s been haunting LinkedIn threads, Reddit posts, and bootcamp Slack groups:</p><p>Is it still worth becoming a UX or product designer in 2025 and beyond?</p><p>They look back on their own (non-)traditional paths into product design, the current state of the industry, and how AI is changing design roles differently than what most people say on social media.</p><p>They also share what separates the top 10% of designers from the rest, how you can make it to be within that top 10%, and why most bootcamp portfolios are outdated from the start.</p><p>This episode's super useful for new designers, career-switchers, and anyone wondering if it’s still worth it to invest time, money, and energy into a formal design education when it feels like AI is going to replace it all.</p><p>🔸 An important skill no design school teaches: rejection tolerance<br>🔸 Why “just stand out” is both great advice and terrible advice<br>🔸 AI isn’t replacing designers (but lazy designers might self-replace)<br>🔸 How to evaluate design programs without falling for hype<br>🔸 Portfolio strategy: what actually gets you hired<br>🔸 Why some hiring managers say “there are hundreds of applicants, but no one good”<br>🔸 Fundamentals vs. tools: what matters in 2025<br>🔸 Personal branding, mentorship, and zooming out</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#UXDesign #ProductDesign #AIandDesign #DesignCareer #DesignEducation #PortfolioTips #MentorshipMatters #DesignPodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74649bd2/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personal Branding for Product Designers: Overrated, Underrated, and Misunderstood</title>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Personal Branding for Product Designers: Overrated, Underrated, and Misunderstood</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed26d178-d456-4000-9fed-bb189bea04fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick go into the chaotic world of branding. They discuss why it matters more than ever, when it’s completely overhyped, and how to make the most of it as a product designer looking to build a career.</p><p>Well-known branding moments include the Jaguar rebrand and Apple’s liquid glass 'feature'. Nick and Tyler talk about how branding decisions influence users and why some branding changes work wonders while others just cause social media uproar.</p><p>They also have quite something to say about personal branding for product designers: what it is, how to find your voice, and why soft skills don’t show up in your Figma file.</p><p>🔸 Why branding is your biggest moat—or just overpriced vibes<br>🔸 What the Jaguar rebrand got wrong<br>🔸 How Apple’s “failures” still drive loyalty<br>🔸 The emotional psychology behind iconic brands<br>🔸 Personal branding tips for designers<br>🔸 The underrated power of testimonials<br>🔸 Social proof, client trust, and repeat work<br>🔸 How to niche down (without boxing yourself in)</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick go into the chaotic world of branding. They discuss why it matters more than ever, when it’s completely overhyped, and how to make the most of it as a product designer looking to build a career.</p><p>Well-known branding moments include the Jaguar rebrand and Apple’s liquid glass 'feature'. Nick and Tyler talk about how branding decisions influence users and why some branding changes work wonders while others just cause social media uproar.</p><p>They also have quite something to say about personal branding for product designers: what it is, how to find your voice, and why soft skills don’t show up in your Figma file.</p><p>🔸 Why branding is your biggest moat—or just overpriced vibes<br>🔸 What the Jaguar rebrand got wrong<br>🔸 How Apple’s “failures” still drive loyalty<br>🔸 The emotional psychology behind iconic brands<br>🔸 Personal branding tips for designers<br>🔸 The underrated power of testimonials<br>🔸 Social proof, client trust, and repeat work<br>🔸 How to niche down (without boxing yourself in)</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Aug 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/01c9cb7d/36181a75.mp3" length="45634854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2850</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick go into the chaotic world of branding. They discuss why it matters more than ever, when it’s completely overhyped, and how to make the most of it as a product designer looking to build a career.</p><p>Well-known branding moments include the Jaguar rebrand and Apple’s liquid glass 'feature'. Nick and Tyler talk about how branding decisions influence users and why some branding changes work wonders while others just cause social media uproar.</p><p>They also have quite something to say about personal branding for product designers: what it is, how to find your voice, and why soft skills don’t show up in your Figma file.</p><p>🔸 Why branding is your biggest moat—or just overpriced vibes<br>🔸 What the Jaguar rebrand got wrong<br>🔸 How Apple’s “failures” still drive loyalty<br>🔸 The emotional psychology behind iconic brands<br>🔸 Personal branding tips for designers<br>🔸 The underrated power of testimonials<br>🔸 Social proof, client trust, and repeat work<br>🔸 How to niche down (without boxing yourself in)</p><p><br>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>#BrandDesign #PersonalBranding #UXStrategy #DesignThinking #JaguarRebrand #ProductMarketing #DesignCareer #DesignPodcast</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01c9cb7d/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How You Use Motion to Ruin or Improve Product Design</title>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How You Use Motion to Ruin or Improve Product Design</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">535ad725-cf95-490d-9dbe-789910ac710d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the role of animation and motion in modern product design workflows and why it’s not just about looking slick.</p><p>From micro-interactions to loading states, they find out where animation improves UX and where it becomes a distraction. They also get into motion for video editing, designing for product marketing, and why most designers need to reconsider the amount of motion they use in their work.</p><p>Along the way, they touch on mentorship, design tools, and what junior designers should focus on when learning motion design in today’s world of product design.</p><p>🔸 Why subtle motion design is more effective<br>🔸 The psychology behind informative loading states<br>🔸 When animation delights users—and when it distracts<br>🔸 The value of documentation for preserving ideas<br>🔸 Tools for animation: Figma, Lottie, After Effects, and more<br>🔸 How animation can elevate product marketing<br>🔸 Mentorship, design education, and learning by doing<br>🔸 “Done is better than perfect” when shipping MVPs</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the role of animation and motion in modern product design workflows and why it’s not just about looking slick.</p><p>From micro-interactions to loading states, they find out where animation improves UX and where it becomes a distraction. They also get into motion for video editing, designing for product marketing, and why most designers need to reconsider the amount of motion they use in their work.</p><p>Along the way, they touch on mentorship, design tools, and what junior designers should focus on when learning motion design in today’s world of product design.</p><p>🔸 Why subtle motion design is more effective<br>🔸 The psychology behind informative loading states<br>🔸 When animation delights users—and when it distracts<br>🔸 The value of documentation for preserving ideas<br>🔸 Tools for animation: Figma, Lottie, After Effects, and more<br>🔸 How animation can elevate product marketing<br>🔸 Mentorship, design education, and learning by doing<br>🔸 “Done is better than perfect” when shipping MVPs</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jul 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/87ef9343/592594c4.mp3" length="38571572" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2409</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick discuss the role of animation and motion in modern product design workflows and why it’s not just about looking slick.</p><p>From micro-interactions to loading states, they find out where animation improves UX and where it becomes a distraction. They also get into motion for video editing, designing for product marketing, and why most designers need to reconsider the amount of motion they use in their work.</p><p>Along the way, they touch on mentorship, design tools, and what junior designers should focus on when learning motion design in today’s world of product design.</p><p>🔸 Why subtle motion design is more effective<br>🔸 The psychology behind informative loading states<br>🔸 When animation delights users—and when it distracts<br>🔸 The value of documentation for preserving ideas<br>🔸 Tools for animation: Figma, Lottie, After Effects, and more<br>🔸 How animation can elevate product marketing<br>🔸 Mentorship, design education, and learning by doing<br>🔸 “Done is better than perfect” when shipping MVPs</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>animation, motion design, UX animation, micro-interactions, web design, user experience, UI/UX, product design, loading states, motion in web design, design tools, Figma animation, After Effects, Lottie, design education, design mentorship, junior designers, design portfolio tips, MVP design, UI transitions, video editing for designers</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/87ef9343/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designers vs. Product Managers: Will They Become One?</title>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Designers vs. Product Managers: Will They Become One?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">741a9056-e34e-4a60-8424-6054edb1669e</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/designers-vs-product-managers-will-they-become-one</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about how the lines between designers and product managers are getting more and more blurry.</p><p>AI tools speed up our way of working and startups grow using smaller teams than ever. Does that mean we are heading toward a new unicorn role for a designer-product-manager-hybrid?</p><p>From working with founders instead of PMs, to shielding teams from company politics, to the rise of fractional roles and hybrid titles, we explore how the designer and PM responsibilities are evolving and whether we’re just overcomplicating the whole thing.</p><p>🔸 Why strategy and design are merging<br>🔸 The slow disappearance of traditional PMs<br>🔸 What “fractional” actually means (and why it’s not just a buzzword)<br>🔸 Whether small teams still need dedicated PMs<br>🔸 The mental toll of context switching<br>🔸 When meetings are useful — and when they’re just expensive<br>🔸 The future of the product designer title (or lack thereof)</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about how the lines between designers and product managers are getting more and more blurry.</p><p>AI tools speed up our way of working and startups grow using smaller teams than ever. Does that mean we are heading toward a new unicorn role for a designer-product-manager-hybrid?</p><p>From working with founders instead of PMs, to shielding teams from company politics, to the rise of fractional roles and hybrid titles, we explore how the designer and PM responsibilities are evolving and whether we’re just overcomplicating the whole thing.</p><p>🔸 Why strategy and design are merging<br>🔸 The slow disappearance of traditional PMs<br>🔸 What “fractional” actually means (and why it’s not just a buzzword)<br>🔸 Whether small teams still need dedicated PMs<br>🔸 The mental toll of context switching<br>🔸 When meetings are useful — and when they’re just expensive<br>🔸 The future of the product designer title (or lack thereof)</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jul 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4e853387/240b7bb6.mp3" length="38343474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2395</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler and Nick talk about how the lines between designers and product managers are getting more and more blurry.</p><p>AI tools speed up our way of working and startups grow using smaller teams than ever. Does that mean we are heading toward a new unicorn role for a designer-product-manager-hybrid?</p><p>From working with founders instead of PMs, to shielding teams from company politics, to the rise of fractional roles and hybrid titles, we explore how the designer and PM responsibilities are evolving and whether we’re just overcomplicating the whole thing.</p><p>🔸 Why strategy and design are merging<br>🔸 The slow disappearance of traditional PMs<br>🔸 What “fractional” actually means (and why it’s not just a buzzword)<br>🔸 Whether small teams still need dedicated PMs<br>🔸 The mental toll of context switching<br>🔸 When meetings are useful — and when they’re just expensive<br>🔸 The future of the product designer title (or lack thereof)</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Product design, hybrid roles, PM vs designer, AI tools, team structure, startup workflows, product management, strategy, fractional head of product, generalist roles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e853387/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e853387/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e853387/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e853387/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e853387/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Figma? Why Designers Are Switching Tools (Fast)</title>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Future of Figma? Why Designers Are Switching Tools (Fast)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">45517963-d5d2-44b5-9761-63813a089e5f</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/the-future-of-figma-why-designers-are-switching-tools-fast</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the fast-evolving world of design tools, AI integration for your tools, and why your current workflow might (or might not) already be outdated.</p><p>From tool fatigue to the Figma vs. Framer debate, they explore how designers are adapting (or not) to new tech, what makes or breaks productivity today, and whether a single tool could truly bridge the gap between design and development.</p><p>They also discuss the shifting responsibilities of designers and product managers, and why understanding code might soon be part of your job description.</p><p>Whether you're curious about the next big thing, feeling overwhelmed by the AI tool race, or wondering if Figma is still the go-to, this conversation is packed with insights that will shape the way you think about design in 2025 and beyond.</p><p>🔸 Why AI tool overload is killing designer productivity<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Can Framer replace Figma for marketing sites?<br>🔸 What “designing in code” actually looks like today<br>🔸 How integrated tools could merge design and dev roles<br>🔸 Why Figma’s future depends on its website builder<br>🔸 How product management and design are merging<br>🔸 The tradeoff between speed, craft, and business impact<br>🔸 What every designer should know about using AI effectively<br>🔸 A future with multiple tools sharing market dominance</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the fast-evolving world of design tools, AI integration for your tools, and why your current workflow might (or might not) already be outdated.</p><p>From tool fatigue to the Figma vs. Framer debate, they explore how designers are adapting (or not) to new tech, what makes or breaks productivity today, and whether a single tool could truly bridge the gap between design and development.</p><p>They also discuss the shifting responsibilities of designers and product managers, and why understanding code might soon be part of your job description.</p><p>Whether you're curious about the next big thing, feeling overwhelmed by the AI tool race, or wondering if Figma is still the go-to, this conversation is packed with insights that will shape the way you think about design in 2025 and beyond.</p><p>🔸 Why AI tool overload is killing designer productivity<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Can Framer replace Figma for marketing sites?<br>🔸 What “designing in code” actually looks like today<br>🔸 How integrated tools could merge design and dev roles<br>🔸 Why Figma’s future depends on its website builder<br>🔸 How product management and design are merging<br>🔸 The tradeoff between speed, craft, and business impact<br>🔸 What every designer should know about using AI effectively<br>🔸 A future with multiple tools sharing market dominance</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Jun 2025 07:17:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b35dab54/0f032ede.mp3" length="43749425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2732</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the fast-evolving world of design tools, AI integration for your tools, and why your current workflow might (or might not) already be outdated.</p><p>From tool fatigue to the Figma vs. Framer debate, they explore how designers are adapting (or not) to new tech, what makes or breaks productivity today, and whether a single tool could truly bridge the gap between design and development.</p><p>They also discuss the shifting responsibilities of designers and product managers, and why understanding code might soon be part of your job description.</p><p>Whether you're curious about the next big thing, feeling overwhelmed by the AI tool race, or wondering if Figma is still the go-to, this conversation is packed with insights that will shape the way you think about design in 2025 and beyond.</p><p>🔸 Why AI tool overload is killing designer productivity<br>🔸 The hidden cost of switching tools<br>🔸 Can Framer replace Figma for marketing sites?<br>🔸 What “designing in code” actually looks like today<br>🔸 How integrated tools could merge design and dev roles<br>🔸 Why Figma’s future depends on its website builder<br>🔸 How product management and design are merging<br>🔸 The tradeoff between speed, craft, and business impact<br>🔸 What every designer should know about using AI effectively<br>🔸 A future with multiple tools sharing market dominance</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>AI tools, design tools, Figma, Framer, Webflow, workflow, integrated tools, UX design, design evolution, product management, future of design, prototyping, switching tools, productivity, emerging trends</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b35dab54/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b35dab54/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b35dab54/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b35dab54/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b35dab54/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Aesthetics Overshadow UX: A WWDC Design Debate</title>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Aesthetics Overshadow UX: A WWDC Design Debate</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">738ea2a1-7463-49fb-8420-efb6c49c613e</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/when-aesthetics-overshadow-ux-a-wwdc-design-debate</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the (design) updates Apple showcased at WWDC, including the much-hyped Liquid Glass, and what it means for product designers, users, and the future of UI.</p><p>They discuss why both the product design community and Apple focuses too much on Liquid Glas, what to focus on instead, and the more interesting subtle announcements.</p><p>The focus is less on Liquid Glass and more about UX because UI, UX, and product design isn’t just about visual polish. It’s marketing, emotion, accessibility, and trust. This is especially important when working on the devices we use a lot during the day.</p><p>At the same time, the episode highlights the growing importance of emotional design, the return of personality in UI, and the tension between trends and usability.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why the design community is split on Liquid Glass<br>🔸 How Apple’s marketing may have overplayed the announcement<br>🔸 The return of 3D design and why people are tired of flat design<br>🔸 Why accessibility and readability always beat shiny aesthetics<br>🔸 How emotional design is becoming a bigger part of UX<br>🔸 Spotlight and Search improvements that actually boost productivity<br>🔸 How user expectations are shifting thanks to Apple’s design leadership<br>🔸 The risk of letting aesthetics overshadow real usability gains<br>🔸 How to position design updates for better user acceptance<br>🔸 Why design is key in marketing, branding, and product adoption</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay sharp as design continues to evolve.</p><p>👉 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com"><strong>The Design Table Podcast</strong></a><br> 👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white"><strong>Tyler</strong></a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld"><strong>Nick</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the (design) updates Apple showcased at WWDC, including the much-hyped Liquid Glass, and what it means for product designers, users, and the future of UI.</p><p>They discuss why both the product design community and Apple focuses too much on Liquid Glas, what to focus on instead, and the more interesting subtle announcements.</p><p>The focus is less on Liquid Glass and more about UX because UI, UX, and product design isn’t just about visual polish. It’s marketing, emotion, accessibility, and trust. This is especially important when working on the devices we use a lot during the day.</p><p>At the same time, the episode highlights the growing importance of emotional design, the return of personality in UI, and the tension between trends and usability.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why the design community is split on Liquid Glass<br>🔸 How Apple’s marketing may have overplayed the announcement<br>🔸 The return of 3D design and why people are tired of flat design<br>🔸 Why accessibility and readability always beat shiny aesthetics<br>🔸 How emotional design is becoming a bigger part of UX<br>🔸 Spotlight and Search improvements that actually boost productivity<br>🔸 How user expectations are shifting thanks to Apple’s design leadership<br>🔸 The risk of letting aesthetics overshadow real usability gains<br>🔸 How to position design updates for better user acceptance<br>🔸 Why design is key in marketing, branding, and product adoption</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay sharp as design continues to evolve.</p><p>👉 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com"><strong>The Design Table Podcast</strong></a><br> 👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white"><strong>Tyler</strong></a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld"><strong>Nick</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jun 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/626c0c9c/b2579a8e.mp3" length="36190759" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2260</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Design Table Podcast, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss the (design) updates Apple showcased at WWDC, including the much-hyped Liquid Glass, and what it means for product designers, users, and the future of UI.</p><p>They discuss why both the product design community and Apple focuses too much on Liquid Glas, what to focus on instead, and the more interesting subtle announcements.</p><p>The focus is less on Liquid Glass and more about UX because UI, UX, and product design isn’t just about visual polish. It’s marketing, emotion, accessibility, and trust. This is especially important when working on the devices we use a lot during the day.</p><p>At the same time, the episode highlights the growing importance of emotional design, the return of personality in UI, and the tension between trends and usability.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><p>🔸 Why the design community is split on Liquid Glass<br>🔸 How Apple’s marketing may have overplayed the announcement<br>🔸 The return of 3D design and why people are tired of flat design<br>🔸 Why accessibility and readability always beat shiny aesthetics<br>🔸 How emotional design is becoming a bigger part of UX<br>🔸 Spotlight and Search improvements that actually boost productivity<br>🔸 How user expectations are shifting thanks to Apple’s design leadership<br>🔸 The risk of letting aesthetics overshadow real usability gains<br>🔸 How to position design updates for better user acceptance<br>🔸 Why design is key in marketing, branding, and product adoption</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay sharp as design continues to evolve.</p><p>👉 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com"><strong>The Design Table Podcast</strong></a><br> 👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white"><strong>Tyler</strong></a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld"><strong>Nick</strong></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Apple, WWDC, design trends, user experience, accessibility, 3D design, UI critique, Liquid Glass, innovation, marketing, usability</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/626c0c9c/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/626c0c9c/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/626c0c9c/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/626c0c9c/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/626c0c9c/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Boring Stakeholders: How to Present Design (and Yourself) Like a Pro</title>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Boring Stakeholders: How to Present Design (and Yourself) Like a Pro</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ac8bdf07-dcb1-44d5-a2f6-d15ce46fdbe6</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/stop-boring-stakeholders-how-to-present-design-and-yourself-like-a-pro</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 "Good design speaks for itself."</p><p> ...<em>except when it doesn’t.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld break down how to present your work—and yourself—in a way that actually influences decisions. Whether you're in a client pitch, a job interview, or a high-stakes design review, <em>how</em> you communicate your value is just as important as <em>what</em> you design.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why context matters—and how to tailor presentations to different audiences.<br>✅ The secret to stakeholder engagement (hint: it starts <em>before</em> you show the design).<br> ✅ How to frame your work from a business perspective and prove ROI.<br> ✅ Why transparency and preparation turn meetings into momentum.<br> ✅ Specialist vs. generalist: how to position yourself for the right opportunities.<br> ✅ How AI tools are quietly reshaping the way designers prep, present, and build trust.</p><p>If you’ve ever struggled to get buy-in, felt overlooked in meetings, or bombed an interview you <em>thought</em> you nailed, this episode will give you the strategies to turn it around.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and start presenting like your career depends on it—because it does.</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 "Good design speaks for itself."</p><p> ...<em>except when it doesn’t.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld break down how to present your work—and yourself—in a way that actually influences decisions. Whether you're in a client pitch, a job interview, or a high-stakes design review, <em>how</em> you communicate your value is just as important as <em>what</em> you design.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why context matters—and how to tailor presentations to different audiences.<br>✅ The secret to stakeholder engagement (hint: it starts <em>before</em> you show the design).<br> ✅ How to frame your work from a business perspective and prove ROI.<br> ✅ Why transparency and preparation turn meetings into momentum.<br> ✅ Specialist vs. generalist: how to position yourself for the right opportunities.<br> ✅ How AI tools are quietly reshaping the way designers prep, present, and build trust.</p><p>If you’ve ever struggled to get buy-in, felt overlooked in meetings, or bombed an interview you <em>thought</em> you nailed, this episode will give you the strategies to turn it around.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and start presenting like your career depends on it—because it does.</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2025 06:59:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e8519b35/e2aab605.mp3" length="40938172" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2557</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 "Good design speaks for itself."</p><p> ...<em>except when it doesn’t.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld break down how to present your work—and yourself—in a way that actually influences decisions. Whether you're in a client pitch, a job interview, or a high-stakes design review, <em>how</em> you communicate your value is just as important as <em>what</em> you design.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why context matters—and how to tailor presentations to different audiences.<br>✅ The secret to stakeholder engagement (hint: it starts <em>before</em> you show the design).<br> ✅ How to frame your work from a business perspective and prove ROI.<br> ✅ Why transparency and preparation turn meetings into momentum.<br> ✅ Specialist vs. generalist: how to position yourself for the right opportunities.<br> ✅ How AI tools are quietly reshaping the way designers prep, present, and build trust.</p><p>If you’ve ever struggled to get buy-in, felt overlooked in meetings, or bombed an interview you <em>thought</em> you nailed, this episode will give you the strategies to turn it around.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and start presenting like your career depends on it—because it does.</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>presentation tips, stakeholder engagement, design presentations, audience understanding, effective communication, meeting strategies, freelance design, project management, product design, UX design, user experience design, specialist vs generalist, job interview tips, presentation skills, ROI in design, confidence in interviews, effective meetings, whiteboard challenge, AI tools in design</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8519b35/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8519b35/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8519b35/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8519b35/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8519b35/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sketch, Ship, Scale: The Unsexy Work That Makes Great Designers</title>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Sketch, Ship, Scale: The Unsexy Work That Makes Great Designers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">852c4aef-0ca3-49d1-83f3-2f7a2d7efbaa</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🛠️ "Design is just making pretty screens, right?"</p><p> ...<em>Wrong.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld dive into the real (and messy) side of product design—from research and collaboration to freelancing and client communication. It's everything <em>they don't teach you</em> in design school.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br> ✅ How user research actually works (and why users shouldn’t design the product).<br> ✅ Why rough sketches and early wireframes still matter—even in an AI world.<br> ✅ Freelancing vs. in-house: the surprising trade-offs you need to know.<br> ✅ How collaborating with developers (and knowing a little code) can boost your impact.<br> ✅ Why side projects aren't a distraction—they're your creative playground.<br> ✅ How mentorship, mistakes, and continuous learning can skyrocket your career.</p><p><br>If you've ever felt stuck between "designing" and "delivering real outcomes," or wondered how to stay relevant in a world moving at startup speed, this episode is packed with insights you can start using today.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and make your design career <em>future-proof</em>!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🛠️ "Design is just making pretty screens, right?"</p><p> ...<em>Wrong.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld dive into the real (and messy) side of product design—from research and collaboration to freelancing and client communication. It's everything <em>they don't teach you</em> in design school.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br> ✅ How user research actually works (and why users shouldn’t design the product).<br> ✅ Why rough sketches and early wireframes still matter—even in an AI world.<br> ✅ Freelancing vs. in-house: the surprising trade-offs you need to know.<br> ✅ How collaborating with developers (and knowing a little code) can boost your impact.<br> ✅ Why side projects aren't a distraction—they're your creative playground.<br> ✅ How mentorship, mistakes, and continuous learning can skyrocket your career.</p><p><br>If you've ever felt stuck between "designing" and "delivering real outcomes," or wondered how to stay relevant in a world moving at startup speed, this episode is packed with insights you can start using today.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and make your design career <em>future-proof</em>!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 May 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/46513282/065f7c63.mp3" length="48609330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3036</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🛠️ "Design is just making pretty screens, right?"</p><p> ...<em>Wrong.<br></em><br></p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld dive into the real (and messy) side of product design—from research and collaboration to freelancing and client communication. It's everything <em>they don't teach you</em> in design school.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br> ✅ How user research actually works (and why users shouldn’t design the product).<br> ✅ Why rough sketches and early wireframes still matter—even in an AI world.<br> ✅ Freelancing vs. in-house: the surprising trade-offs you need to know.<br> ✅ How collaborating with developers (and knowing a little code) can boost your impact.<br> ✅ Why side projects aren't a distraction—they're your creative playground.<br> ✅ How mentorship, mistakes, and continuous learning can skyrocket your career.</p><p><br>If you've ever felt stuck between "designing" and "delivering real outcomes," or wondered how to stay relevant in a world moving at startup speed, this episode is packed with insights you can start using today.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and make your design career <em>future-proof</em>!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>design, product design, UX, user experience design, user research, wireframing, freelancing, collaboration, design process, client communication, design engineering, sketching, project management, career growth, continuous learning, mentorship, side projects, work-life balance, presenting work, developer collaboration</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46513282/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Figma Make Is Wild. But Is It Really the Future of Design? | Figma Config 2025 Breakdown</title>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Figma Make Is Wild. But Is It Really the Future of Design? | Figma Config 2025 Breakdown</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">528d0361-d831-46f7-8463-2ab2c11c91ff</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/figma-make-is-wild-but-is-it-really-the-future-of-design-figma-config-2025-breakdown</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The design community is divided. Some love the Figma Config announcements while others hate it. We've seen every type of comment from 'the output code sucks' to 'Figma just ended Illustrator'. But which one is true? Or is none of it true?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss Figma Config's 2025 announcements and how <strong>Figma Make</strong>, <strong>Figma Sites</strong>, and the rest impact product and UX designers today.</p><p>We’re breaking down:</p><p> ✅ Why Figma Make might redefine what prototyping looks like<br> ✅ How Figma Sites could reshape how designers (and non-designers) build for the web<br> ✅ The growing concerns about code quality and accessibility inside design tools<br> ✅ Why coding is becoming critical for freelancers and startup designers<br> ✅ How IPO-level moves from Figma signal a shift in priorities<br> ✅ Why the design community is split and what that says about where we’re headed</p><p>If you’re wondering whether to embrace AI, pick up coding skills, or double down on prototyping—this episode will help you stay relevant in a post-Config world.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and future-proof your career!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast!</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The design community is divided. Some love the Figma Config announcements while others hate it. We've seen every type of comment from 'the output code sucks' to 'Figma just ended Illustrator'. But which one is true? Or is none of it true?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss Figma Config's 2025 announcements and how <strong>Figma Make</strong>, <strong>Figma Sites</strong>, and the rest impact product and UX designers today.</p><p>We’re breaking down:</p><p> ✅ Why Figma Make might redefine what prototyping looks like<br> ✅ How Figma Sites could reshape how designers (and non-designers) build for the web<br> ✅ The growing concerns about code quality and accessibility inside design tools<br> ✅ Why coding is becoming critical for freelancers and startup designers<br> ✅ How IPO-level moves from Figma signal a shift in priorities<br> ✅ Why the design community is split and what that says about where we’re headed</p><p>If you’re wondering whether to embrace AI, pick up coding skills, or double down on prototyping—this episode will help you stay relevant in a post-Config world.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and future-proof your career!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast!</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/043688ca/35ff8ba4.mp3" length="25256854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1577</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The design community is divided. Some love the Figma Config announcements while others hate it. We've seen every type of comment from 'the output code sucks' to 'Figma just ended Illustrator'. But which one is true? Or is none of it true?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld discuss Figma Config's 2025 announcements and how <strong>Figma Make</strong>, <strong>Figma Sites</strong>, and the rest impact product and UX designers today.</p><p>We’re breaking down:</p><p> ✅ Why Figma Make might redefine what prototyping looks like<br> ✅ How Figma Sites could reshape how designers (and non-designers) build for the web<br> ✅ The growing concerns about code quality and accessibility inside design tools<br> ✅ Why coding is becoming critical for freelancers and startup designers<br> ✅ How IPO-level moves from Figma signal a shift in priorities<br> ✅ Why the design community is split and what that says about where we’re headed</p><p>If you’re wondering whether to embrace AI, pick up coding skills, or double down on prototyping—this episode will help you stay relevant in a post-Config world.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and future-proof your career!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to The Design Table Podcast!</p><p>👋 More about Tyler and Nick<br>Tyler - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white</a><br> Nick - <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Figma Config 2025, Figma Make, Figma Sites, Figma update recap, prototyping tools, UI/UX design trends, design to development workflow, Webflow vs Figma, Figma IPO strategy, design community reactions, Figma CMS, accessibility in design, AI design tools</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/043688ca/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/043688ca/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/043688ca/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/043688ca/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/043688ca/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Designers Learn to Code? The AI Shift No One’s Ready For</title>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should Designers Learn to Code? The AI Shift No One’s Ready For</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f869e943-1124-4e2d-b821-c829a7cb3084</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/should-product-designers-learn-to-code-the-ai-shift-no-one-is-ready-for</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>💻"Designers don’t need to code."</p><p> ...but is that advice still true today?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld unpack why the designer role is evolving <em>fast</em>—and why the next generation of designers will need more than just Figma skills to stay relevant.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why polished prototypes now speak louder than polished decks.<br>✅ How AI is reshaping prototyping—and why it’s a <em>tool</em>, not a threat.<br> ✅ The real reason coding is becoming a must-have for freelancers and startup designers.<br> ✅ How to build trust with developers (and why it matters more than ever).<br> ✅ Why empathy isn’t just for users—it’s the secret weapon for cross-team collaboration.<br> ✅ How posting on LinkedIn can build visibility and career resilience.</p><p>If you’re feeling the pressure to level up—or wondering how to stand out as AI and automation shift the game—this episode will help you future-proof your career.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay ahead of the curve!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>💻"Designers don’t need to code."</p><p> ...but is that advice still true today?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld unpack why the designer role is evolving <em>fast</em>—and why the next generation of designers will need more than just Figma skills to stay relevant.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why polished prototypes now speak louder than polished decks.<br>✅ How AI is reshaping prototyping—and why it’s a <em>tool</em>, not a threat.<br> ✅ The real reason coding is becoming a must-have for freelancers and startup designers.<br> ✅ How to build trust with developers (and why it matters more than ever).<br> ✅ Why empathy isn’t just for users—it’s the secret weapon for cross-team collaboration.<br> ✅ How posting on LinkedIn can build visibility and career resilience.</p><p>If you’re feeling the pressure to level up—or wondering how to stand out as AI and automation shift the game—this episode will help you future-proof your career.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay ahead of the curve!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Apr 2025 06:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8f8824d2/0168d9b4.mp3" length="46771571" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2921</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>💻"Designers don’t need to code."</p><p> ...but is that advice still true today?</p><p>In this episode, Tyler White and Nick Groeneveld unpack why the designer role is evolving <em>fast</em>—and why the next generation of designers will need more than just Figma skills to stay relevant.</p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why polished prototypes now speak louder than polished decks.<br>✅ How AI is reshaping prototyping—and why it’s a <em>tool</em>, not a threat.<br> ✅ The real reason coding is becoming a must-have for freelancers and startup designers.<br> ✅ How to build trust with developers (and why it matters more than ever).<br> ✅ Why empathy isn’t just for users—it’s the secret weapon for cross-team collaboration.<br> ✅ How posting on LinkedIn can build visibility and career resilience.</p><p>If you’re feeling the pressure to level up—or wondering how to stand out as AI and automation shift the game—this episode will help you future-proof your career.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and stay ahead of the curve!</p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Design, UX, Product Design, AI in Design, Coding for Designers, Empathy in Design, Prototyping, Startups, Freelance Design, Career Growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f8824d2/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f8824d2/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f8824d2/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f8824d2/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f8824d2/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mini-CEO Mindset: How Designers Earn Their Seat at the Table</title>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Mini-CEO Mindset: How Designers Earn Their Seat at the Table</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5369b93d-ce06-42a5-8bd9-ab1f7aa25e99</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/the-mini-ceo-mindset-how-designers-earn-their-seat-at-the-table-a590b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>“Designers need a seat at the table!”<br></em><br> …but <strong>what if the company doesn’t even HAVE a table?<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> unpack the <em>real</em> reason designers struggle to influence decisions—<strong>they don’t speak the right language.<br></strong><br></p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why <strong>empathy is a designer’s superpower</strong>—for users <em>and</em> stakeholders.<br> ✅ The <em>business language hack</em> that gets you taken seriously in meetings.<br> ✅ How to <strong>build real influence</strong> (hint: visibility = opportunity).<br> ✅ The <strong>leadership vs. craft mastery</strong> dilemma—<em>which career path should you take?</em><br> ✅ The <em>real</em> reason <strong>mentorship &amp; teaching</strong> will 10x your skills.<br> ✅ <strong>Should designers learn to code?</strong> (Spoiler: It depends.)</p><p>If you've ever felt <strong>undervalued in meetings</strong>, <strong>frustrated by clueless stakeholders</strong>, or <strong>uncertain about your career path</strong>, this episode will give you the <strong>mindset shift you need to thrive.<br></strong><br></p><p>🎧 <strong>Listen now and start making your design work IMPOSSIBLE to ignore!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>“Designers need a seat at the table!”<br></em><br> …but <strong>what if the company doesn’t even HAVE a table?<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> unpack the <em>real</em> reason designers struggle to influence decisions—<strong>they don’t speak the right language.<br></strong><br></p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why <strong>empathy is a designer’s superpower</strong>—for users <em>and</em> stakeholders.<br> ✅ The <em>business language hack</em> that gets you taken seriously in meetings.<br> ✅ How to <strong>build real influence</strong> (hint: visibility = opportunity).<br> ✅ The <strong>leadership vs. craft mastery</strong> dilemma—<em>which career path should you take?</em><br> ✅ The <em>real</em> reason <strong>mentorship &amp; teaching</strong> will 10x your skills.<br> ✅ <strong>Should designers learn to code?</strong> (Spoiler: It depends.)</p><p>If you've ever felt <strong>undervalued in meetings</strong>, <strong>frustrated by clueless stakeholders</strong>, or <strong>uncertain about your career path</strong>, this episode will give you the <strong>mindset shift you need to thrive.<br></strong><br></p><p>🎧 <strong>Listen now and start making your design work IMPOSSIBLE to ignore!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 03:42:51 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f9360675/710d7e02.mp3" length="35115638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2193</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>“Designers need a seat at the table!”<br></em><br> …but <strong>what if the company doesn’t even HAVE a table?<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> unpack the <em>real</em> reason designers struggle to influence decisions—<strong>they don’t speak the right language.<br></strong><br></p><p>We’re breaking down:<br>✅ Why <strong>empathy is a designer’s superpower</strong>—for users <em>and</em> stakeholders.<br> ✅ The <em>business language hack</em> that gets you taken seriously in meetings.<br> ✅ How to <strong>build real influence</strong> (hint: visibility = opportunity).<br> ✅ The <strong>leadership vs. craft mastery</strong> dilemma—<em>which career path should you take?</em><br> ✅ The <em>real</em> reason <strong>mentorship &amp; teaching</strong> will 10x your skills.<br> ✅ <strong>Should designers learn to code?</strong> (Spoiler: It depends.)</p><p>If you've ever felt <strong>undervalued in meetings</strong>, <strong>frustrated by clueless stakeholders</strong>, or <strong>uncertain about your career path</strong>, this episode will give you the <strong>mindset shift you need to thrive.<br></strong><br></p><p>🎧 <strong>Listen now and start making your design work IMPOSSIBLE to ignore!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Design Leadership, UX Strategy, Stakeholder Management, Career Growth, Mentorship, Design Thinking, Business of Design, Communication Skills, Design Influence, Personal Growth, Coding for Designers, UX Principles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f9360675/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f9360675/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remote Work: The Dream, The Struggle, and The Reality Check</title>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Remote Work: The Dream, The Struggle, and The Reality Check</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32cf1b20-b2b1-4dbc-a5ef-0f380e958195</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/remote-work-the-dream-the-struggle-and-the-reality-check</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>💭 <em>"Remote work is the future!"</em> they said. <em>"You'll love the freedom!"</em> they promised.</p><p>And yet… here we are, <strong>burnt out, over-snacking, and wondering if we should just buy another standing desk to fix our working lives.<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> pull back the curtain on <strong>what remote work is REALLY like</strong>—from the <em>dream</em> of working in sweatpants to the <em>nightmare</em> of never logging off.</p><p>We’re diving into:<br>✅ Why <strong>the "remote work dream" is under pressure</strong> (and how to stay sane).<br> ✅ The <strong>management mistakes</strong> that ruin remote teams.<br> ✅ How to build <strong>company culture</strong> when everyone’s in different time zones.<br> ✅ The freelancing vs. full-time <strong>flexibility trap</strong> (and what no one tells you).<br> ✅ The <em>silent killer</em> of remote work productivity (hint: it’s not Netflix).</p><p>🎧 If you’ve ever found yourself <strong>working from your couch, eating lunch at 4 PM, and wondering if you should just go back to an office</strong>, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔥 <em>Listen now and learn how to thrive in the new world of work!</em></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>💭 <em>"Remote work is the future!"</em> they said. <em>"You'll love the freedom!"</em> they promised.</p><p>And yet… here we are, <strong>burnt out, over-snacking, and wondering if we should just buy another standing desk to fix our working lives.<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> pull back the curtain on <strong>what remote work is REALLY like</strong>—from the <em>dream</em> of working in sweatpants to the <em>nightmare</em> of never logging off.</p><p>We’re diving into:<br>✅ Why <strong>the "remote work dream" is under pressure</strong> (and how to stay sane).<br> ✅ The <strong>management mistakes</strong> that ruin remote teams.<br> ✅ How to build <strong>company culture</strong> when everyone’s in different time zones.<br> ✅ The freelancing vs. full-time <strong>flexibility trap</strong> (and what no one tells you).<br> ✅ The <em>silent killer</em> of remote work productivity (hint: it’s not Netflix).</p><p>🎧 If you’ve ever found yourself <strong>working from your couch, eating lunch at 4 PM, and wondering if you should just go back to an office</strong>, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔥 <em>Listen now and learn how to thrive in the new world of work!</em></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f6bb4f15/c3768aad.mp3" length="39192833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2448</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>💭 <em>"Remote work is the future!"</em> they said. <em>"You'll love the freedom!"</em> they promised.</p><p>And yet… here we are, <strong>burnt out, over-snacking, and wondering if we should just buy another standing desk to fix our working lives.<br></strong><br></p><p>In this episode, <strong>Tyler White</strong> and <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> pull back the curtain on <strong>what remote work is REALLY like</strong>—from the <em>dream</em> of working in sweatpants to the <em>nightmare</em> of never logging off.</p><p>We’re diving into:<br>✅ Why <strong>the "remote work dream" is under pressure</strong> (and how to stay sane).<br> ✅ The <strong>management mistakes</strong> that ruin remote teams.<br> ✅ How to build <strong>company culture</strong> when everyone’s in different time zones.<br> ✅ The freelancing vs. full-time <strong>flexibility trap</strong> (and what no one tells you).<br> ✅ The <em>silent killer</em> of remote work productivity (hint: it’s not Netflix).</p><p>🎧 If you’ve ever found yourself <strong>working from your couch, eating lunch at 4 PM, and wondering if you should just go back to an office</strong>, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔥 <em>Listen now and learn how to thrive in the new world of work!</em></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Remote Work, Work-Life Balance, Productivity Hacks, Company Culture, Hybrid Work, Home Office Setup, Remote Team Management, Freelancing vs. Full-time, Ergonomics, Mental Well-being, Communication in Remote Teams</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6bb4f15/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6bb4f15/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6bb4f15/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6bb4f15/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6bb4f15/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The ROI Lie: Why Design is More Than Just Pretty Pixels</title>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The ROI Lie: Why Design is More Than Just Pretty Pixels</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c0739eb9-020a-4987-a747-2cf4996e2ca7</guid>
      <link>https://www.designtablepodcast.com/episodes/the-roi-lie-why-design-is-more-than-just-pretty-pixels</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>"Design ROI is just about making things look good, right?"</em></p><p>WRONG.</p><p>In this episode, <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> and <strong>Tyler White</strong> expose the <strong>ROI myth</strong> that’s been holding designers back for decades.</p><p>Here’s the deal—great design isn’t just about aesthetics. It’s about <strong>influencing perception, driving conversions, and making customers FEEL something</strong> (even when they’re pissed off).</p><p>We break down:<br>✅ The <strong>perceived vs. actual</strong> value of design (and why it matters more than you think).<br> ✅ How <strong>design shapes customer behavior</strong> and drives <strong>real</strong> business impact.<br> ✅ The secret to handling <strong>angry clients</strong> (without losing your sanity).<br> ✅ Why <strong>tracking customer sentiment</strong> is the goldmine most designers ignore.<br> ✅ How to <strong>measure design impact</strong> in a way that actually makes sense to non-designers.</p><p>If you've ever struggled to <strong>prove your worth as a designer</strong> or convince clients that your work is more than just a “nice-to-have,” this episode is <strong>non-negotiable</strong>.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and <strong>start making design decisions that move the needle!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>"Design ROI is just about making things look good, right?"</em></p><p>WRONG.</p><p>In this episode, <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> and <strong>Tyler White</strong> expose the <strong>ROI myth</strong> that’s been holding designers back for decades.</p><p>Here’s the deal—great design isn’t just about aesthetics. It’s about <strong>influencing perception, driving conversions, and making customers FEEL something</strong> (even when they’re pissed off).</p><p>We break down:<br>✅ The <strong>perceived vs. actual</strong> value of design (and why it matters more than you think).<br> ✅ How <strong>design shapes customer behavior</strong> and drives <strong>real</strong> business impact.<br> ✅ The secret to handling <strong>angry clients</strong> (without losing your sanity).<br> ✅ Why <strong>tracking customer sentiment</strong> is the goldmine most designers ignore.<br> ✅ How to <strong>measure design impact</strong> in a way that actually makes sense to non-designers.</p><p>If you've ever struggled to <strong>prove your worth as a designer</strong> or convince clients that your work is more than just a “nice-to-have,” this episode is <strong>non-negotiable</strong>.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and <strong>start making design decisions that move the needle!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Mar 2025 07:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6ab79248/779c407b.mp3" length="33880410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Nick Groeneveld, Tyler White</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2115</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>💡 <em>"Design ROI is just about making things look good, right?"</em></p><p>WRONG.</p><p>In this episode, <strong>Nick Groeneveld</strong> and <strong>Tyler White</strong> expose the <strong>ROI myth</strong> that’s been holding designers back for decades.</p><p>Here’s the deal—great design isn’t just about aesthetics. It’s about <strong>influencing perception, driving conversions, and making customers FEEL something</strong> (even when they’re pissed off).</p><p>We break down:<br>✅ The <strong>perceived vs. actual</strong> value of design (and why it matters more than you think).<br> ✅ How <strong>design shapes customer behavior</strong> and drives <strong>real</strong> business impact.<br> ✅ The secret to handling <strong>angry clients</strong> (without losing your sanity).<br> ✅ Why <strong>tracking customer sentiment</strong> is the goldmine most designers ignore.<br> ✅ How to <strong>measure design impact</strong> in a way that actually makes sense to non-designers.</p><p>If you've ever struggled to <strong>prove your worth as a designer</strong> or convince clients that your work is more than just a “nice-to-have,” this episode is <strong>non-negotiable</strong>.</p><p>🎧 Listen now and <strong>start making design decisions that move the needle!</strong></p><p>📢 Subscribe to <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com">The Design Table Podcast</a>!<br>👋 More about <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/tyler-white">Tyler</a> and <a href="https://www.designtablepodcast.com/hosts/nick-groeneveld">Nick</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>ROI in Design, Design Strategy, Conversion Optimization, Customer Perception, UX Metrics, Angry Clients, SaaS Design, Data-Driven Design, Design Thinking, Remote Work, Client Communication</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ab79248/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ab79248/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
